patch 7.4.902

Problem:    Problems with using the MS-Windows console.
Solution:   Revert patches 7.4.851, 7.4.876 and 7.4.886 until we find a better
            solution. (suggested by Ken Takata)

.gitignore

@@ -69,5 +69,7 @@ src/testdir/lua.vim
 src/testdir/small.vim
 src/testdir/tiny.vim
 src/testdir/test*.out
+src/testdir/test*.failed
 src/testdir/test.log
+src/testdir/dostmp/*
 src/memfile_test

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+language: c
+
+compiler:
+  - clang
+  - gcc
+
+env:
+  - COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge
+    "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
+  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT=
+  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny  CONFOPT=
+
+sudo: false
+
+branches:
+  except:
+    - /^v[0-9]/
+
+addons:
+  apt:
+    packages:
+      - lcov
+      - libperl-dev
+      - python-dev
+      - python3-dev
+      - liblua5.1-0-dev
+      - lua5.1
+
+before_install:
+  - pip install --user cpp-coveralls
+
+script:
+  - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+  - ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && make -j$NPROC
+  - ./src/vim --version
+  - make test
+
+after_success:
+  - if [ x"$COVERAGE" = "xyes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b src -x .xs -e src/xxd -e src/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
+
+# vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Contributing to Vim
+
+Patches are welcome in whatever form.
+Discussions about patches happen on the vim-dev maillist.
+If you create a pull request on GitHub it will be
+forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.  You can also send your patch there
+directly.  An attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
+Information about the maillist can be found [on the Vim website].
+
+[on the Vim website]: http://www.vim.org/maillist.php#vim-dev
+
+Please consider adding a test.  Test coverage isn't very good yet, this needs
+to improve.  Look through recent patches for examples.  The tests are located
+under "src/testdir".
+
+
+# Reporting issues
+
+We use GitHub issues, but that is not a requirement.  Writing to the Vim
+maillist is also fine.
+
+Please use the GitHub issues only for actual issues. If you are not 100% sure
+that your problem is a Vim issue, please first discuss this on the Vim user
+maillist.  Try reproducing the problem without any plugins or settings:
+
+    vim -N -u NONE
+
+If you report an issue, please describe exactly how to reproduce it.
+For example, don't say "insert some text" but say what you did exactly:
+"ahere is some text<Esc>".
+Ideally, the steps you list can be used to write a test to verify the problem
+is fixed.
+
+Feel free to report even the smallest problem, also typos in the documentation.
+
+You can find known issues in the todo file: ":help todo".
+Or open [the todo file] on GitHub to see the latest version.
+
+[the todo file]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/todo.txt
+
+
+# Syntax, indent and other runtime files
+
+The latest version of these files can be obtained from the repository.
+They are usually not updated with numbered patches.
+
+If you find a problem with one of these files or have a suggestion for
+improvement, please first try to contact the maintainer directly.
+Look in the header of the file for the name and email address.
+
+The maintainer will take care of issues and send updates to Bram for 
+distribution with Vim.
+
+If the maintainer does not react, contact the vim-dev maillist.

Filelist

@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.hgignore \
+		.travis.yml \
+		appveyor.yml \
 		src/README.txt \
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
@@ -102,6 +104,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/subsubmodule/subsubsubmodule.py \
 		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
+		src/testdir/bench*.in \
+		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
+		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
@@ -277,6 +282,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_bc3.mak \
 		src/Make_bc5.mak \
 		src/Make_cyg.mak \
+		src/Make_cyg_ming.mak \
 		src/Make_djg.mak \
 		src/Make_ivc.mak \
 		src/Make_dvc.mak \
@@ -477,6 +483,8 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 # runtime files for all distributions
 RT_ALL =	\
 		README.txt \
+		README.md \
+		CONTRIBUTING.md \
 		runtime/bugreport.vim \
 		runtime/doc/*.awk \
 		runtime/doc/*.pl \

README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+`README.md` for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master&service=github)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
+[![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+
+
+## What is Vim? ##
+
+Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
+have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
+on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
+There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
+`runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with Vi.
+
+This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
+All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
+with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
+defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+
+Vim runs under Amiga DOS, MS-DOS, MS-Windows (95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP, Vista,
+7), Atari MiNT, Macintosh, BeOS, VMS, RISC OS, OS/2 and almost all flavours of
+UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+
+
+## Distribution ##
+
+You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
+Linux a small version of Vim is pre-installed, you still need to install Vim
+if you want more features.
+
+There are separate distributions for Unix, PC, Amiga and some other systems.
+This `README.md` file comes with the runtime archive.  It includes the
+documentation, syntax files and other files that are used at runtime.  To run
+Vim you must get either one of the binary archives or a source archive.
+Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
+want or must compile it yourself.  Check http://www.vim.org/download.php for
+an overview of currently available distributions.
+
+
+## Documentation ##
+
+The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+started as `vimtutor`.  See `:help tutor` for more information.
+
+The best is to use `:help` in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
+`runtime/doc/help.txt`.  It contains pointers to the other documentation
+files.  The User Manual reads like a book and is recommended to learn to use
+Vim.  See `:help user-manual`.
+
+
+## Copying ##
+
+Vim is Charityware.  You can use and copy it as much as you like, but you are
+encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
+`runtime/doc/uganda.txt` for details (do `:help uganda` inside Vim).
+
+Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
+unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
+text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
+distribute it.
+
+
+## Sponsoring ##
+
+Fixing bugs and adding new features takes a lot of time and effort.  To show
+your appreciation for the work and motivate Bram and others to continue
+working on Vim please send a donation.
+
+Since Bram is back to a paid job the money will now be used to help children
+in Uganda.  See `runtime/doc/uganda.txt`.  But at the same time donations
+increase Bram's motivation to keep working on Vim!
+
+For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
+	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
+
+
+## Compiling ##
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
+
+
+## Installation ##
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
+
+	README_ami.txt		Amiga
+	README_unix.txt		Unix
+	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+	README_os2.txt		OS/2
+	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are more `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
+
+## Contributing ##
+
+If you would like to help making Vim better, see the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
+
+
+## Information ##
+
+The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
+	http://www.vim.org/
+
+If you have problems, have a look at the Vim documentation or tips:
+	http://www.vim.org/docs.php
+	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
+
+If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
+lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
+	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
+
+If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+
+
+## Main author ##
+
+Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

README.txt

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 README.txt for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 
-WHAT IS VIM
+WHAT IS VIM?
 
 Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
 have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
 
 DISTRIBUTION
 
+You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
+Linux a small version of Vim is pre-installed, you still need to install Vim
+if you want more features.
+
 There are separate distributions for Unix, PC, Amiga and some other systems.
 This README.txt file comes with the runtime archive.  It includes the
 documentation, syntax files and other files that are used at runtime.  To run
@@ -94,8 +98,9 @@ INFORMATION
 The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
 	http://www.vim.org/
 
-If you have problems, have a look at the Vim FAQ:
-	http://vimdoc.sf.net/vimfaq.html
+If you have problems, have a look at the Vim documentation or tips:
+	http://www.vim.org/docs.php
+	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
 
 If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
 lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
@@ -110,6 +115,3 @@ MAIN AUTHOR
 Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 
 	Bram Moolenaar		E-mail:	Bram@vim.org
-	Finsterruetihof 1
-	8134 Adliswil
-	Switzerland

appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+version: "{build}"
+
+before_build:
+  - '"C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Bin\SetEnv.cmd" /x64 /release'
+
+build_script:
+  - cd src
+  - sed -e "s/\$(LINKARGS2)/\$(LINKARGS2) | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
+  - nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 PYTHON3_VER=34 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python34-x64
+  - .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver | 0put a | wq!" ver.txt
+  - type ver.txt
+
+test_script:
+  - cd testdir
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # NSIS file to create a self-installing exe for Vim.
 # It requires NSIS version 2.0 or later.
-# Last Change:	2010 Jul 30
+# Last Change:	2014 Nov 5
 
 # WARNING: if you make changes to this script, look out for $0 to be valid,
 # because uninstall deletes most files in $0.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ SetDatablockOptimize on
 RequestExecutionLevel highest
 
 ComponentText "This will install Vim ${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR} on your computer."
-DirText "Choose a directory to install Vim (must end in 'vim')"
+DirText "Choose a directory to install Vim (should contain 'vim')"
 Icon icons\vim_16c.ico
 # NSIS2 uses a different strategy with six different images in a strip...
 #EnabledBitmap icons\enabled.bmp
@@ -135,11 +135,6 @@ FunctionEnd
 # We only accept the directory if it ends in "vim".  Using .onVerifyInstDir has
 # the disadvantage that the browse dialog is difficult to use.
 Function CheckInstallDir
-  StrCpy $0 $INSTDIR 3 -3
-  StrCmp $0 "vim" PathGood
-    MessageBox MB_OK "The path must end in 'vim'."
-    Abort
-  PathGood:
 FunctionEnd
 
 Function .onInstSuccess

runtime/autoload/gzip.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for editing compressed files.
 " Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2008 Jul 04
+" Last Change: 2014 Nov 05
 
 " These functions are used by the gzip plugin.
 
@@ -120,6 +120,8 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
     silent! exe "bwipe " . tmp_esc
     silent! exe "bwipe " . tmpe_esc
   endif
+  " Store the OK flag, so that we can use it when writing.
+  let b:uncompressOk = ok
 
   " Restore saved option values.
   let &pm = pm_save
@@ -146,8 +148,10 @@ endfun
 
 " After writing compressed file: Compress written file with "cmd"
 fun gzip#write(cmd)
+  if exists('b:uncompressOk') && !b:uncompressOk
+    echomsg "Not compressing file because uncompress failed; reset b:uncompressOk to compress anyway"
   " don't do anything if the cmd is not supported
-  if s:check(a:cmd)
+  elseif s:check(a:cmd)
     " Rename the file before compressing it.
     let nm = resolve(expand("<afile>"))
     let nmt = s:tempname(nm)

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Aug 27, 2013
+" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	14
+" Version:	15
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ endif
 " NetrwSettings: {{{1
 fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   " this call is here largely just to insure that netrw has been loaded
-  call netrw#NetrwSavePosn()
+  call netrw#SavePosn()
   if !exists("g:loaded_netrw")
    echohl WarningMsg | echomsg "***sorry*** netrw needs to be loaded prior to using NetrwSettings" | echohl None
    return
@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_options      = '.g:netrw_sort_options
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
+  put = 'let g:netrw_servername        = '.g:netrw_servername
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd           = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -61,9 +61,16 @@ function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
   " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
   let escaped_lines = []
   for line in gitignore_lines
-    let escaped       = line
-    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
-    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    let escaped = line
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\*\*', '*', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\$', '\\$', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    " correction: dot, dollar and asterisks chars shouldn't be escaped when
+    " within regex matching groups.
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\.', '\.', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\$', '\$', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\.\*', '*', 'g')
     let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
   endfor
 

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Dávid Szabó ( complex857 AT gmail DOT com )
 " Previous Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
 " URL: https://github.com/shawncplus/phpcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:  2014 Oct 02
+" Last Change:  2015 Jul 13
 "
 "	OPTIONS:
 "
@@ -141,71 +141,80 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 		if a:base != ""
 			let context = substitute(context, '\s*[$a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*$', '', '')
 		end
+	else
+		let context = ''
 	end
 
-	let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(getline(0, line('.')))
+	try
+		let winheight = winheight(0)
+		let winnr = winnr()
 
-	if context =~? '^use\s'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteUse(a:base)
-	endif
+		let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(getline(0, line('.')))
 
-	if context =~ '\(->\|::\)$'
-		" {{{
-		" Get name of the class
-		let classname = phpcomplete#GetClassName(line('.'), context, current_namespace, imports)
+		if context =~? '^use\s' || context ==? 'use'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteUse(a:base)
+		endif
 
-		" Get location of class definition, we have to iterate through all
-		if classname != ''
-			if classname =~ '\'
-				" split the last \ segment as a classname, everything else is the namespace
-				let classname_parts = split(classname, '\')
-				let namespace = join(classname_parts[0:-2], '\')
-				let classname = classname_parts[-1]
+		if context =~ '\(->\|::\)$'
+			" {{{
+			" Get name of the class
+			let classname = phpcomplete#GetClassName(line('.'), context, current_namespace, imports)
+
+			" Get location of class definition, we have to iterate through all
+			if classname != ''
+				if classname =~ '\'
+					" split the last \ segment as a classname, everything else is the namespace
+					let classname_parts = split(classname, '\')
+					let namespace = join(classname_parts[0:-2], '\')
+					let classname = classname_parts[-1]
+				else
+					let namespace = '\'
+				endif
+				let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace)
 			else
-				let namespace = '\'
+				let classlocation = ''
 			endif
-			let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace)
+
+			if classlocation != ''
+				if classlocation == 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT' && has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(classname))
+					return phpcomplete#CompleteBuiltInClass(context, classname, a:base)
+				endif
+
+				if filereadable(classlocation)
+					let classfile = readfile(classlocation)
+					let classcontent = ''
+					let classcontent .= "\n".phpcomplete#GetClassContents(classlocation, classname)
+					let sccontent = split(classcontent, "\n")
+					let visibility = expand('%:p') == fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p') ? 'private' : 'public'
+
+					return phpcomplete#CompleteUserClass(context, a:base, sccontent, visibility)
+				endif
+			endif
+
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteUnknownClass(a:base, context)
+			" }}}
+		elseif context =~? 'implements'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['i'], current_namespace, imports)
+		elseif context =~? 'extends\s\+.\+$' && a:base == ''
+			return ['implements']
+		elseif context =~? 'extends'
+			let kinds = context =~? 'class\s' ? ['c'] : ['i']
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, kinds, current_namespace, imports)
+		elseif context =~? 'class [a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
+			" special case when you've typed the class keyword and the name too, only extends and implements allowed there
+			return filter(['extends', 'implements'], 'stridx(v:val, a:base) == 0')
+		elseif context =~? 'new'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['c'], current_namespace, imports)
+		endif
+
+		if a:base =~ '^\$'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteVariable(a:base)
 		else
-			let classlocation = ''
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(a:base, current_namespace, imports)
 		endif
-
-		if classlocation != ''
-			if classlocation == 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT' && has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(classname))
-				return phpcomplete#CompleteBuiltInClass(context, classname, a:base)
-			endif
-
-			if filereadable(classlocation)
-				let classfile = readfile(classlocation)
-				let classcontent = ''
-				let classcontent .= "\n".phpcomplete#GetClassContents(classlocation, classname)
-				let sccontent = split(classcontent, "\n")
-				let visibility = expand('%:p') == fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p') ? 'private' : 'public'
-
-				return phpcomplete#CompleteUserClass(context, a:base, sccontent, visibility)
-			endif
-		endif
-
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteUnknownClass(a:base, context)
-		" }}}
-	elseif context =~? 'implements'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['i'], current_namespace, imports)
-	elseif context =~? 'extends\s\+.\+$'
-		return ['implements']
-	elseif context =~? 'extends'
-		let kinds = context =~? 'class\s' ? ['c'] : ['i']
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, kinds, current_namespace, imports)
-	elseif context =~? 'class [a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
-		" special case when you've typed the class keyword and the name too, only extends and implements allowed there
-		return filter(['extends', 'implements'], 'stridx(v:val, a:base) == 0')
-	elseif context =~? 'new'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['c'], current_namespace, imports)
-	endif
-
-	if a:base =~ '^\$'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteVariable(a:base)
-	else
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(a:base, current_namespace, imports)
-	endif
+	finally
+		silent! exec winnr.'resize '.winheight
+	endtry
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
@@ -244,12 +253,13 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUse(base) " {{{
 			if has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 				let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 			endif
+
 			if tag.kind ==? 'n' && tag.name =~? '^'.namespace_match_pattern
 				let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 				call add(namespaced_matches, {'word': tag.name, 'kind': 'n', 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
-			elseif has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i') && tag.namespace ==? namespace_for_class
+			elseif has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't') && tag.namespace ==? namespace_for_class
 				call add(namespaced_matches, {'word': namespace_for_class.'\'.tag.name, 'kind': tag.kind, 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
-			elseif (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i')
+			elseif (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't')
 				call add(no_namespace_matches, {'word': namespace_for_class.'\'.tag.name, 'kind': tag.kind, 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
 			endif
 		endfor
@@ -272,6 +282,10 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUse(base) " {{{
 		endfor
 	endif
 
+	for comp in res
+		let comp.word = substitute(comp.word, '^\\', '', '')
+	endfor
+
 	return res
 endfunction
 " }}}
@@ -304,7 +318,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 					\ '^&\?\zs[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\ze')
 		if f_name =~? '^'.substitute(a:base, '\\', '\\\\', 'g')
 			let f_args = matchstr(i,
-						\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\({\|$\)')
+						\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\(;\|{\|$\)')
 			let int_functions[f_name.'('] = f_args.')'
 		endif
 	endfor
@@ -326,6 +340,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	let ext_functions  = {}
 	let ext_constants  = {}
 	let ext_classes    = {}
+	let ext_traits     = {}
 	let ext_interfaces = {}
 	let ext_namespaces = {}
 
@@ -420,7 +435,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 						endif
 					endif
 				endif
-			elseif tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i'
+			elseif tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't'
 				let info = ' - '.tag.filename
 
 				let key = ''
@@ -441,6 +456,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 						let ext_classes[key] = info
 					elseif tag.kind ==? 'i'
 						let ext_interfaces[key] = info
+					elseif tag.kind ==? 't'
+						let ext_traits[key] = info
 					endif
 				endif
 			endif
@@ -463,7 +480,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 		endfor
 		for [interfacename, info] in items(g:php_builtin_interfacenames)
 			if interfacename =~? '^'.base
-				let builtin_interfaces[leading_slash.interfacename] = info
+				let builtin_interfaces[leading_slash.g:php_builtin_interfaces[tolower(interfacename)].name] = info
 			endif
 		endfor
 	endif
@@ -511,6 +528,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 				else
 					let ext_interfaces[imported_name] = ' '.import.name.' - '.import.filename
 				endif
+			elseif import.kind ==? 't'
+				let ext_traits[imported_name] = ' '.import.name.' - '.import.filename
 			endif
 
 			" no builtin interfaces
@@ -540,6 +559,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	" Add external interfaces
 	call extend(all_values, ext_interfaces)
 
+	" Add external traits
+	call extend(all_values, ext_traits)
+
 	" Add built-in classes
 	call extend(all_values, builtin_classnames)
 
@@ -566,6 +588,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 		elseif has_key(ext_interfaces, i) || has_key(builtin_interfaces, i)
 			let info = has_key(ext_interfaces, i) ? ext_interfaces[i] : builtin_interfaces[i].' - builtin'
 			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 'i', 'menu': info, 'info': i.info}]
+		elseif has_key(ext_traits, i)
+			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 't', 'menu': ext_traits[i], 'info': ext_traits[i]}]
 		elseif has_key(int_constants, i) || has_key(builtin_constants, i)
 			let info = has_key(int_constants, i) ? int_constants[i] : ' - builtin'
 			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 'd', 'menu': info, 'info': i.info}]
@@ -622,7 +646,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUnknownClass(base, context) " {{{
 		let f_name = matchstr(i,
 				\ '^&\?\zs[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\ze')
 		let f_args = matchstr(i,
-				\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\({\|$\)')
+				\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\(;\|{\|$\)')
 
 		let int_functions[f_name.'('] = f_args.')'
 	endfor
@@ -784,7 +808,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(base, kinds, current_namespace, imports)
 
 	let tags = []
 	if len(tag_match_pattern) >= g:phpcomplete_min_num_of_chars_for_namespace_completion
-		let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.tag_match_pattern)
+		let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^\c'.tag_match_pattern)
 	endif
 
 	if len(tags)
@@ -861,6 +885,39 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompareCompletionRow(i1, i2) " {{{
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
+function! s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, current_pos) " {{{
+	let line_no   = a:current_pos[0]
+	let col_no    = a:current_pos[1]
+	let last_line = a:filelines[len(a:filelines) - 1]
+	let end_pos   = [len(a:filelines) - 1, strlen(last_line) - 1]
+	if line_no > end_pos[0] || line_no == end_pos[0] && col_no > end_pos[1]
+		return ['EOF', 'EOF']
+	endif
+
+	" we've not reached the end of the current line break
+	if col_no + 1 < strlen(a:filelines[line_no])
+		let col_no += 1
+	else
+		" we've reached the end of the current line, jump to the next
+		" non-blank line (blank lines have no position where we can read from,
+		" not even a whitespace. The newline char does not positionable by vim
+		let line_no += 1
+		while strlen(a:filelines[line_no]) == 0
+			let line_no += 1
+		endwhile
+
+		let col_no = 0
+	endif
+
+	" return 'EOF' string to signal end of file, normal results only one char
+	" in length
+	if line_no == end_pos[0] && col_no > end_pos[1]
+		return ['EOF', 'EOF']
+	endif
+
+	return [[line_no, col_no], a:filelines[line_no][col_no]]
+endfunction " }}}
+
 function! phpcomplete#EvaluateModifiers(modifiers, required_modifiers, prohibited_modifiers) " {{{
 	" if theres no modifier, and no modifier is allowed and no modifier is required
 	if len(a:modifiers) == 0 && len(a:required_modifiers) == 0
@@ -924,7 +981,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUserClass(context, base, sccontent, visibility) "
 		let f_name = matchstr(i,
 					\ 'function\s*&\?\zs[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\ze')
 		let f_args = matchstr(i,
-					\ 'function\s*&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\({\|\_$\)')
+					\ 'function\s*&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\(;\|{\|\_$\)')
 		if f_name != '' && stridx(f_name, '__') != 0
 			let c_functions[f_name.'('] = f_args
 			if g:phpcomplete_parse_docblock_comments
@@ -1172,11 +1229,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(line_number, col_number, phpbegin) "
 			" break if we are on a "naked" stop_char (operators, colon, openparent...)
 			if index(stop_chars, current_char) != -1
 				let do_break = 1
-				" dont break does not look like a "->"
+				" dont break if it does look like a "->"
 				if (prev_char == '-' && current_char == '>') || (current_char == '-' && next_char == '>')
 					let do_break = 0
 				endif
-				" dont break if its looks like a "::"
+				" dont break if it does look like a "::"
 				if (prev_char == ':' && current_char == ':') || (current_char == ':' && next_char == ':')
 					let do_break = 0
 				endif
@@ -1322,8 +1379,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidat
 			" Get Structured information of all classes and subclasses including namespace and includes
 			" try to find the method's return type in docblock comment
 			for classstructure in classcontents
-				let doclock_target_pattern = 'function\s\+&\?'.method.'\|\(public\|private\|protected\|var\).\+\$'.method
-				let doc_str = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(split(classstructure.content, '\n'), doclock_target_pattern)
+				let docblock_target_pattern = 'function\s\+&\?'.method.'\|\(public\|private\|protected\|var\).\+\$'.method
+				let doc_str = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(split(classstructure.content, '\n'), docblock_target_pattern)
 				if doc_str != ''
 					break
 				endif
@@ -1356,8 +1413,12 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidat
 						endif
 						" make @return self, static, $this the same way
 						" (not exactly what php means by these)
-						if returnclass == 'self' || returnclass == 'static' || returnclass == '$this'
-							let classname_candidate = a:classname_candidate
+						if returnclass == 'self' || returnclass == 'static' || returnclass == '$this' || returnclass == 'self[]' || returnclass == 'static[]' || returnclass == '$this[]'
+							if returnclass =~ '\[\]$'
+								let classname_candidate = a:classname_candidate.'[]'
+							else
+								let classname_candidate = a:classname_candidate
+							endif
 							let class_candidate_namespace = a:class_candidate_namespace
 						else
 							let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(returnclass, fullnamespace, a:imports)
@@ -1471,21 +1532,19 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				return ''
 			endif
 
-			if line =~? '\v^\s*(abstract\s+|final\s+)*\s*class'
-				let class_name = matchstr(line, '\c\s*class\s*\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
+			if line =~? '\v^\s*(abstract\s+|final\s+)*\s*class\s'
+				let class_name = matchstr(line, '\cclass\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
 				let extended_class = matchstr(line, '\cclass\s\+'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+extends\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
 
 				let classname_candidate = a:context =~? 'parent::' ? extended_class : class_name
-			else
-				let i += 1
-				continue
+				if classname_candidate != ''
+					let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace, class_candidate_imports, methodstack)
+					" return absolute classname, without leading \
+					return (class_candidate_namespace == '\' || class_candidate_namespace == '') ? classname_candidate : class_candidate_namespace.'\'.classname_candidate
+				endif
 			endif
 
-			if classname_candidate != ''
-				let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace, class_candidate_imports, methodstack)
-				" return absolute classname, without leading \
-				return (class_candidate_namespace == '\' || class_candidate_namespace == '') ? classname_candidate : class_candidate_namespace.'\'.classname_candidate
-			endif
+			let i += 1
 		endwhile
 	elseif a:context =~? '(\s*new\s\+'.class_name_pattern.'\s*)->'
 		let classname_candidate = matchstr(a:context, '\cnew\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
@@ -1527,7 +1586,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 		let function_boundary = phpcomplete#GetCurrentFunctionBoundaries()
 		let search_end_line = max([1, function_boundary[0][0]])
 		" -1 makes us ignore the current line (where the completion was invoked
-		let lines = reverse(getline(search_end_line, line('.') - 1))
+		let lines = reverse(getline(search_end_line, a:start_line - 1))
 
 		" check Constant lookup
 		let constant_object = matchstr(a:context, '\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze::')
@@ -1598,26 +1657,26 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				endif
 			endif
 
-			" in-file lookup for typehinted function arguments
-			"   - the function can have a name or be anonymous (e.g., function qux() { ... } vs. function () { ... })
-			"   - the type-hinted argument can be anywhere in the arguments list.
-			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+'.object && !object_is_array
-				let f_args = matchstr(line, '\cfunction\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)')
-				let args = split(f_args, '\s*\zs,\ze\s*')
-				for arg in args
-					if arg =~# object.'\(,\|$\)'
-						let classname_candidate = matchstr(arg, '\s*\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze\s\+'.object)
-						let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(classname_candidate, a:current_namespace, a:imports)
+			" function declaration line
+			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*('
+				let function_lines = join(reverse(copy(lines)), " ")
+				" search for type hinted arguments
+				if function_lines =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+'.object && !object_is_array
+					let f_args = matchstr(function_lines, '\cfunction\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)')
+					let args = split(f_args, '\s*\zs,\ze\s*')
+					for arg in args
+						if arg =~# object.'\(,\|$\)'
+							let classname_candidate = matchstr(arg, '\s*\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze\s\+'.object)
+							let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(classname_candidate, a:current_namespace, a:imports)
+							break
+						endif
+					endfor
+					if classname_candidate != ''
 						break
 					endif
-				endfor
-				if classname_candidate != ''
-					break
 				endif
-			endif
 
-			" if we see a function declaration, try loading the docblock for it and look for matching @params
-			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.object
+				" search for docblock for the function
 				let match_line = substitute(line, '\\', '\\\\', 'g')
 				let sccontent = getline(0, a:start_line - i)
 				let doc_str = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(sccontent, match_line)
@@ -1637,10 +1696,40 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 			endif
 
 			" assignment for the variable in question with a variable on the right hand side
-			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern
-				let tailing_semicolon = match(line, ';\s*$')
-				let tailing_semicolon = tailing_semicolon != -1 ? tailing_semicolon : strlen(getline(a:start_line - i))
-				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(a:start_line - i, tailing_semicolon - 1, b:phpbegin)
+			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s\+\(clone\)\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern
+
+				" try to find the next non-comment or string ";" char
+				let start_col = match(line, '^\s*'.object.'\C\s*=\zs&\?\s\+\(clone\)\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern)
+				let filelines = reverse(copy(lines))
+				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [len(filelines) - i, start_col])
+				let chars_read = 1
+				let last_pos = pos
+				" function_boundary == 0 if we are not in a function
+				let real_lines_offset = len(function_boundary) == 1 ? 1 : function_boundary[0][0]
+				" read while end of the file
+				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
+					let last_pos = pos
+					let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, pos)
+					let chars_read += 1
+					" we got a candidate
+					if char == ';'
+						" pos values is relative to the function's lines,
+						" line 0 need to be offsetted with the line number
+						" where te function was started to get the line number
+						" in real buffer terms
+						let synIDName = synIDattr(synID(real_lines_offset + pos[0], pos[1] + 1, 0), 'name')
+						" it's not a comment or string, end search
+						if synIDName !~? 'comment\|string'
+							break
+						endif
+					endif
+				endwhile
+
+				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(real_lines_offset + last_pos[0], last_pos[1], b:phpbegin)
+				if prev_context == ''
+					" cannot get previous context give up
+					return
+				endif
 				let prev_class = phpcomplete#GetClassName(a:start_line - i, prev_context, a:current_namespace, a:imports)
 
 				if stridx(prev_class, '\') != -1
@@ -1656,9 +1745,38 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 
 			" assignment for the variable in question with a function on the right hand side
 			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s*'.function_invocation_pattern
-				let tailing_semicolon = match(line, ';\s*$')
-				let tailing_semicolon = tailing_semicolon != -1 ? tailing_semicolon : strlen(getline(a:start_line - i))
-				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(a:start_line - i, tailing_semicolon - 1, b:phpbegin)
+				" try to find the next non-comment or string ";" char
+				let start_col = match(line, '\C^\s*'.object.'\s*=\zs&\?\s*'.function_invocation_pattern)
+				let filelines = reverse(copy(lines))
+				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [len(filelines) - i, start_col])
+				let chars_read = 1
+				let last_pos = pos
+				" function_boundary == 0 if we are not in a function
+				let real_lines_offset = len(function_boundary) == 1 ? 1 : function_boundary[0][0]
+				" read while end of the file
+				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
+					let last_pos = pos
+					let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, pos)
+					let chars_read += 1
+					" we got a candidate
+					if char == ';'
+						" pos values is relative to the function's lines,
+						" line 0 need to be offsetted with the line number
+						" where te function was started to get the line number
+						" in real buffer terms
+						let synIDName = synIDattr(synID(real_lines_offset + pos[0], pos[1] + 1, 0), 'name')
+						" it's not a comment or string, end search
+						if synIDName !~? 'comment\|string'
+							break
+						endif
+					endif
+				endwhile
+
+				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(real_lines_offset + last_pos[0], last_pos[1], b:phpbegin)
+				if prev_context == ''
+					" cannot get previous context give up
+					return
+				endif
 
 				let function_name = matchstr(prev_context, '^'.function_invocation_pattern.'\ze')
 				let function_name = matchstr(function_name, '^\zs.\+\ze\s*($') " strip the trailing (
@@ -1757,6 +1875,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	if has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(a:classname)) && (a:namespace == '' || a:namespace == '\')
 		return 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT'
 	endif
+	if has_key(g:php_builtin_interfaces, tolower(a:classname)) && (a:namespace == '' || a:namespace == '\')
+		return 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT'
+	endif
 
 	if a:namespace == '' || a:namespace == '\'
 		let search_namespace = '\'
@@ -1769,7 +1890,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	let i = 1
 	while i < line('.')
 		let line = getline(line('.')-i)
-		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*class\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
+		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*\(class\|interface\|trait\)\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\|{\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
 			return expand('%:p')
 		else
 			let i += 1
@@ -1781,7 +1902,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	let no_namespace_candidate = ''
 	let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.a:classname.'$')
 	for tag in tags
-		if tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i'
+		" We'll allow interfaces and traits to be handled classes since you
+		" can't have colliding names with different kinds anyway
+		if tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't'
 			if !has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 				let no_namespace_candidate = tag.filename
 			else
@@ -1931,7 +2054,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 
 	silent! below 1new
 	silent! 0put =cfile
-	call search('\(class\|interface\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)')
+	call search('\c\(class\|interface\|trait\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)')
 	let cfline = line('.')
 	call search('{')
 	let endline = line('.')
@@ -1939,13 +2062,62 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 	let content = join(getline(cfline, endline), "\n")
 	" Catch extends
 	if content =~? 'extends'
-		let extends_class = matchstr(content, 'class\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\_s\+extends\_s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
+		let extends_string = matchstr(content, '\(class\|interface\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\_.\+extends\_s\+\zs\('.class_name_pattern.'\(,\|\_s\)*\)\+\ze\(extends\|{\)')
+		let extended_classes = map(split(extends_string, '\(,\|\_s\)\+'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\_s\\+", "", "g")')
 	else
-		let extends_class = ''
+		let extended_classes = ''
+	endif
+
+	" Catch implements
+	if content =~? 'implements'
+		let implements_string = matchstr(content, 'class\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\_.\+implements\_s\+\zs\('.class_name_pattern.'\(,\|\_s\)*\)\+\ze')
+		let implemented_interfaces = map(split(implements_string, '\(,\|\_s\)\+'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\_s\\+", "", "g")')
+	else
+		let implemented_interfaces = []
 	endif
 	call searchpair('{', '', '}', 'W')
-	let classcontent = join(getline(cfline, line('.')), "\n")
+	let class_closing_bracket_line = line('.')
+	let classcontent = join(getline(cfline, class_closing_bracket_line), "\n")
+
+	let used_traits = []
+	" move back to the line next to the class's definition
+	call cursor(endline + 1, 1)
+	let keep_searching = 1
+	while keep_searching != 0
+		" try to grab "use..." keywords
+		let [lnum, col] = searchpos('\c^\s\+use\s\+'.class_name_pattern, 'cW', class_closing_bracket_line)
+		let syn_name = synIDattr(synID(lnum, col, 0), "name")
+		if syn_name =~? 'string\|comment'
+			call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+			continue
+		endif
+
+		let trait_line = getline(lnum)
+		if trait_line !~? ';'
+			" try to find the next line containing ';'
+			let l = lnum
+			let search_line = trait_line
+
+			" add lines from the file until theres no ';' in them
+			while search_line !~? ';' && l > 0
+				" file lines are reversed so we need to go backwards
+				let l += 1
+				let search_line = getline(l)
+				let trait_line .= ' '.substitute(search_line, '\(^\s\+\|\s\+$\)', '', 'g')
+			endwhile
+		endif
+		let use_expression = matchstr(trait_line, '^\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
+		let use_parts = map(split(use_expression, '\s*,\s*'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\s+", " ", "g")')
+		let used_traits += map(use_parts, 'substitute(v:val, "\\s", "", "g")')
+		call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+
+		if [lnum, col] == [0, 0]
+			let keep_searching = 0
+		endif
+	endwhile
+
 	silent! bw! %
+
 	let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(a:file_lines[0:cfline])
 	" go back to original window
 	exe phpcomplete_original_window.'wincmd w'
@@ -1958,21 +2130,35 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 				\ 'mtime': getftime(full_file_path),
 				\ })
 
-	if extends_class != ''
-		let [extends_class, namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(extends_class, current_namespace, imports)
-		if namespace == ''
-			let namespace = '\'
-		endif
-		let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(extends_class, namespace)
-		if classlocation == "VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT"
-			let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(extends_class)])]
-		elseif classlocation != '' && filereadable(classlocation)
-			let full_file_path = fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p')
-			let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, readfile(full_file_path), extends_class)
-		elseif tolower(current_namespace) == tolower(namespace)
-			" try to find the declaration in the same file.
-			let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, a:file_lines, extends_class)
-		endif
+	let all_extends = used_traits
+	if len(extended_classes) > 0
+		call extend(all_extends, extended_classes)
+	endif
+	if len(implemented_interfaces) > 0
+		call extend(all_extends, implemented_interfaces)
+	endif
+	if len(all_extends) > 0
+		for class in all_extends
+			let [class, namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(class, current_namespace, imports)
+			if namespace == ''
+				let namespace = '\'
+			endif
+			let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(class, namespace)
+			if classlocation == "VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT"
+				if has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(class))
+					let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub('class', g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(class)])]
+				endif
+				if has_key(g:php_builtin_interfaces, tolower(class))
+					let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub('interface', g:php_builtin_interfaces[tolower(class)])]
+				endif
+			elseif classlocation != '' && filereadable(classlocation)
+				let full_file_path = fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p')
+				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, readfile(full_file_path), class)
+			elseif tolower(current_namespace) == tolower(namespace) && match(join(a:file_lines, "\n"), '\c\(class\|interface\|trait\)\_s\+'.class.'\(\>\|$\)') != -1
+				" try to find the declaration in the same file.
+				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, a:file_lines, class)
+			endif
+		endfor
 	endif
 
 	return result
@@ -1989,43 +2175,53 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(classlocation, class_name) " {{{
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
-function! phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(class_info) " {{{
-	let re = 'class '.a:class_info['name']." {"
-	for [name, initializer] in items(a:class_info.constants)
-		let re .= "\n\tconst ".name." = ".initializer.";"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.properties)
-		let re .= "\n\t// @var $".name." ".info.type
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic $".name.";"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_properties)
-		let re .= "\n\t// @var ".name." ".info.type
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic static ".name." = ".info.initializer.";"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.methods)
-		if name =~ '^__'
-			continue
-		endif
-		let re .= "\n\t/**"
-		let re .= "\n\t * ".name
-		let re .= "\n\t *"
-		let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
-		let re .= "\n\t */"
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
-		let re .= "\n\t}"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_methods)
-		let re .= "\n\t/**"
-		let re .= "\n\t * ".name
-		let re .= "\n\t *"
-		let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
-		let re .= "\n\t */"
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic static function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
-		let re .= "\n\t}"
-	endfor
+function! phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(type, class_info) " {{{
+	let re = a:type.' '.a:class_info['name']." {"
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'constants')
+		for [name, initializer] in items(a:class_info.constants)
+			let re .= "\n\tconst ".name." = ".initializer.";"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'properties')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.properties)
+			let re .= "\n\t// @var $".name." ".info.type
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic $".name.";"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'static_properties')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_properties)
+			let re .= "\n\t// @var ".name." ".info.type
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic static ".name." = ".info.initializer.";"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'methods')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.methods)
+			if name =~ '^__'
+				continue
+			endif
+			let re .= "\n\t/**"
+			let re .= "\n\t * ".name
+			let re .= "\n\t *"
+			let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
+			let re .= "\n\t */"
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
+			let re .= "\n\t}"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'static_methods')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_methods)
+			let re .= "\n\t/**"
+			let re .= "\n\t * ".name
+			let re .= "\n\t *"
+			let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
+			let re .= "\n\t */"
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic static function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
+			let re .= "\n\t}"
+		endfor
+	endif
 	let re .= "\n}"
 
-	return { 'class': a:class_info['name'],
+	return { a:type : a:class_info['name'],
 				\ 'content': re,
 				\ 'namespace': '',
 				\ 'imports': {},
@@ -2049,8 +2245,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(sccontent, search) " {{{
 			" start backward serch for the comment block
 			while l != 0
 				let line = a:sccontent[l]
-				" if comment end found save line position and end search
-				if line =~? '^\s*\*/'
+				" if it's a one line docblock like comment and we can just return it right away
+				if line =~? '^\s*\/\*\*.\+\*\/\s*$'
+					return substitute(line, '\v^\s*(\/\*\*\s*)|(\s*\*\/)\s*$', '', 'g')
+				"... or if comment end found save line position and end search
+				elseif line =~? '^\s*\*/'
 					let comment_end = l
 					break
 				" ... or the line doesn't blank (only whitespace or nothing) end search
@@ -2072,6 +2271,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(sccontent, search) " {{{
 				endif
 				let l -= 1
 			endwhile
+
 			" no docblock comment start found
 			if comment_start == -1
 				return ''
@@ -2220,19 +2420,48 @@ endfunction!
 " }}}
 
 function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
+	let original_window = winnr()
+
+	silent! below 1new
+	silent! 0put =a:file_lines
+	normal! G
+
+	" clear out classes, functions and other blocks
+	while 1
+		let block_start_pos = searchpos('\c\(class\|trait\|function\|interface\)\s\+\_.\{-}\zs{', 'Web')
+		if block_start_pos == [0, 0]
+			break
+		endif
+		let block_end_pos = searchpairpos('{', '', '}\|\%$', 'W', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"')
+
+		if block_end_pos != [0, 0]
+			" end of the block found, just delete it
+			silent! exec block_start_pos[0].','.block_end_pos[0].'d _'
+		else
+			" block pair not found, use block start as beginning and the end
+			" of the buffer instead
+			silent! exec block_start_pos[0].',$d _'
+		endif
+	endwhile
+	normal! G
+
+	" grab the remains
+	let file_lines = reverse(getline(1, line('.') - 1))
+
+	silent! bw! %
+	exe original_window.'wincmd w'
+
 	let namespace_name_pattern = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
-	let file_lines = reverse(copy(a:file_lines))
 	let i = 0
 	let file_length = len(file_lines)
 	let imports = {}
-
 	let current_namespace = '\'
 
 	while i < file_length
 		let line = file_lines[i]
 
-		if line =~? '^\s*namespace\s*'.namespace_name_pattern
-			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '^\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
+		if line =~? '^\(<?php\)\?\s*namespace\s*'.namespace_name_pattern
+			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '\c^\(<?php\)\?\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
 			break
 		endif
 
@@ -2253,11 +2482,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 					let use_line .= ' '.substitute(search_line, '\(^\s\+\|\s\+$\)', '', 'g')
 				endwhile
 			endif
-			let use_expression = matchstr(use_line, '^\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
+			let use_expression = matchstr(use_line, '^\c\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
 			let use_parts = map(split(use_expression, '\s*,\s*'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\s+", " ", "g")')
 			for part in use_parts
 				if part =~? '\s\+as\s\+'
-					let [object, name] = split(part, '\s\+as\s\+')
+					let [object, name] = split(part, '\s\+as\s\+\c')
 					let object = substitute(object, '^\\', '', '')
 					let name   = substitute(name, '^\\', '', '')
 				else
@@ -2293,7 +2522,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 								break
 							endif
 							" if the name matches with the extracted classname and namespace
-							if (tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i') && tag.name == classname
+							if (tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't') && tag.name == classname
 								if has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 									let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 									if tag.namespace == namespace_for_classes
@@ -2336,7 +2565,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 						let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.import['name'].'$')
 						for tag in tags
 							" search for the first matchin namespace, class, interface with no namespace
-							if !has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind == 'n' || tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i')
+							if !has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind == 'n' || tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't')
 								call extend(import, tag)
 								let import['builtin'] = 0
 								break
@@ -2395,7 +2624,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(classname, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	" if there's an imported class, just use that class's information
-	if has_key(a:imports, a:classname) && (a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'c' || a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'i')
+	if has_key(a:imports, a:classname) && (a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'c' || a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'i' || a:imports[a:classname].kind == 't')
 		let namespace = has_key(a:imports[a:classname], 'namespace') ? a:imports[a:classname].namespace : ''
 		return [a:imports[a:classname].name, namespace]
 	endif

runtime/autoload/python3complete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 "python3complete.vim - Omni Completion for python
 " Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
+" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009 (small fix 2015 Sep 14 from Debian)
 "
 " Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
 "
@@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def __init__(self):
         self.top = Scope('global',0)
         self.scope = self.top
+        self.parserline = 0
 
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)

runtime/autoload/pythoncomplete.vim

@@ -377,6 +377,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def __init__(self):
         self.top = Scope('global',0)
         self.scope = self.top
+        self.parserline = 0
 
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2013 Jun 19
+" Last Change: 2013 Sep 03
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2) "{{{
   else "{{{
     let win_list = []
     let buf_list = []
-    windo | if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
+    windo if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
     let s:settings.whole_filler = 1
     let g:html_diff_win_num = 0
     for window in win_list

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	pattern.txt \
 	pi_getscript.txt \
 	pi_gzip.txt \
+	pi_logipat.txt \
 	pi_netrw.txt \
 	pi_paren.txt \
 	pi_spec.txt \
@@ -207,6 +208,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	pattern.html \
 	pi_getscript.html \
 	pi_gzip.html \
+	pi_logipat.html \
 	pi_netrw.html \
 	pi_paren.html \
 	pi_spec.html \
@@ -229,7 +231,6 @@ HTMLS = \
 	starting.html \
 	syntax.html \
 	tabpage.html \
-	tags.html \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
 	tips.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 23
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Aug 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |Syntax|		when the 'syntax' option has been set
 |EncodingChanged|	after the 'encoding' option has been changed
 |TermChanged|		after the value of 'term' has changed
+|OptionSet|		after setting any option
 
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
@@ -505,6 +506,8 @@ ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
 				completion. |ins-completion|
+				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
+				information about the completed item.
 
 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
@@ -742,6 +745,29 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 					o	Operator-pending
 					i	Insert
 					c	Command line
+							*OptionSet*
+OptionSet			After setting an option.  The pattern is
+				matched against the long option name.
+				The |v:option_old| variable indicates the
+				old option value, |v:option_new| variable
+				indicates the newly set value, the
+				|v:option_type| variable indicates whether
+				it's global or local scoped and |<amatch>|
+				indicates what option has been set.
+
+				Is not triggered on startup and for the 'key'
+				option for obvious reasons.
+
+				Usage example: Check for the existence of the
+				directory in the 'backupdir' and 'undodir'
+				options, create the directory if it doesn't
+				exist yet.
+
+				Note: It's a bad idea to reset an option
+				during this autocommand, this may break a
+				plugin. You can always use `:noa` to prevent
+				triggering this autocommand.
+
 							*QuickFixCmdPre*
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
@@ -933,6 +959,13 @@ WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
 
+The {pat} argument can be a comma separated list.  This works as if the
+command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
+Is equivalent to: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt set et
+	:autocmd BufRead *.info set et
+
 The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
@@ -1039,7 +1072,7 @@ Instead of a pattern buffer-local autocommands use one of these forms:
 Examples: >
     :au CursorHold <buffer>  echo 'hold'
     :au CursorHold <buffer=33>  echo 'hold'
-    :au CursorHold <buffer=abuf>  echo 'hold'
+    :au BufNewFile * au CursorHold <buffer=abuf>  echo 'hold'
 
 All the commands for autocommands also work with buffer-local autocommands,
 simply use the special string instead of the pattern.  Examples: >

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 26
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -379,10 +379,43 @@ Adding and subtracting ~
 CTRL-A			Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
 			or after the cursor.  {not in Vi}
 
+							*v_CTRL-A*
+{Visual}CTRL-A		Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
+			the highlighted text.  {not in Vi}
+
+							*v_g_CTRL-A*
+{Visual}g CTRL-A	Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
+			the highlighted text. If several lines are
+		        highlighted, each one will be incremented by an
+			additional [count] (so effectively creating a
+			[count] incrementing sequence).  {not in Vi}
+			For Example, if you have this list of numbers:
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+			Move to the second "1." and Visually select three
+			lines, pressing g CTRL-A results in:
+				1. ~
+				2. ~
+				3. ~
+				4. ~
+
 							*CTRL-X*
 CTRL-X			Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
 			character at or after the cursor.  {not in Vi}
 
+							*v_CTRL-X*
+{Visual}CTRL-X		Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
+			character in the highlighted text.  {not in Vi}
+
+							*v_g_CTRL-X*
+{Visual}g CTRL-X	Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
+			character in the highlighted text. If several lines
+			are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an
+			additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count]
+			decrementing sequence).  {not in Vi}
+
 The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands work for (signed) decimal numbers, unsigned
 octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
 'nrformats' option.
@@ -399,6 +432,10 @@ octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
   under or after the cursor.  This is useful to make lists with an alphabetic
   index.
 
+For decimals a leading negative sign is considered for incrementing/
+decrementing, for octal and hex values, it won't be considered.
+To ignore the sign Visually select the number before using CTRL-A or CTRL-X. 
+
 For numbers with leading zeros (including all octal and hexadecimal numbers),
 Vim preserves the number of characters in the number when possible.  CTRL-A on
 "0077" results in "0100", CTRL-X on "0x100" results in "0x0ff".
@@ -597,9 +634,9 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			may add [flags], see |:s_flags|.
 			Note that after `:substitute` the '&' flag can't be
 			used, it's recognized as a pattern separator.
-			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g' and
-			'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts it's a good
-			idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
+			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g',
+			'i', 'I' and 'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts
+			it's a good idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
 
 :[range]~[&][flags] [count]					*:~*
 			Repeat last substitute with same substitute string
@@ -826,6 +863,36 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
   :s/\([ab]\)\|\([cd]\)/\1x/g   modifies "a b c d"  to "ax bx x x"
 <
 
+		*:sc* *:sce* *:scg* *:sci* *:scI* *:scl* *:scp* *:sg* *:sgc*
+		*:sge* *:sgi* *:sgI* *:sgl* *:sgn* *:sgp* *:sgr* *:sI* *:si*
+		*:sic* *:sIc* *:sie* *:sIe* *:sIg* *:sIl* *:sin* *:sIn* *:sIp*
+		*:sip* *:sIr* *:sir* *:sr* *:src* *:srg* *:sri* *:srI* *:srl*
+		*:srn* *:srp*
+2-letter and 3-letter :substitute commands ~
+
+     List of :substitute commands
+     |      c    e    g    i    I    n    p    l    r
+     | c  :sc  :sce :scg :sci :scI :scn :scp :scl  ---
+     | e
+     | g  :sgc :sge :sg  :sgi :sgI :sgn :sgp :sgl :sgr
+     | i  :sic :sie  --- :si  :siI :sin :sip  --- :sir
+     | I  :sIc :sIe :sIg :sIi :sI  :sIn :sIp :sIl :sIr
+     | n
+     | p
+     | l
+     | r  :src  --- :srg :sri :srI :srn :srp :srl :sr
+
+Exceptions:
+     :scr  is  `:scriptnames`
+     :se   is  `:set`
+     :sig  is  `:sign`
+     :sil  is  `:silent`
+     :sn   is  `:snext`
+     :sp   is  `:split`
+     :sl   is  `:sleep`
+     :sre  is  `:srewind`
+
+
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
 						*sub-replace-\=* *s/\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
@@ -1098,16 +1165,17 @@ Rationale:	In Vi the "y" command followed by a backwards motion would
 With a linewise yank command the cursor is put in the first line, but the
 column is unmodified, thus it may not be on the first yanked character.
 
-There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
+There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 1. The unnamed register ""
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
 4. 26 named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z
-5. four read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
-6. the expression register "=
-7. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
-8. The black hole register "_
-9. Last search pattern register "/
+5. three read-only registers ":, "., "%
+6. alternate buffer register "#
+7. the expression register "=
+8. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+9. The black hole register "_
+10. Last search pattern register "/
 
 1. Unnamed register ""				*quote_quote* *quotequote*
 Vim fills this register with text deleted with the "d", "c", "s", "x" commands
@@ -1153,7 +1221,7 @@ letters to replace their previous contents or as uppercase letters to append
 to their previous contents.  When the '>' flag is present in 'cpoptions' then
 a line break is inserted before the appended text.
 
-5. Read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
+5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "%
 These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'.  You can use them only with the "p", "P",
 and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 						*quote_.* *quote.* *E29*
@@ -1164,8 +1232,6 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 		('textwidth' and other options affect what is inserted).
 							*quote_%* *quote%*
 	"%	Contains the name of the current file.
-							*quote_#* *quote#*
-	"#	Contains the name of the alternate file.
 						*quote_:* *quote:* *E30*
 	":	Contains the most recent executed command-line.  Example: Use
 		"@:" to repeat the previous command-line command.
@@ -1174,16 +1240,33 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 		the command was completely from a mapping.
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
 		feature}
+							*quote_#* *quote#*
+6. Alternate file register "#
+Contains the name of the alternate file for the current window.  It will
+change how the |CTRL-^| command works.
+This register is writable, mainly to allow for restoring it after a plugin has
+changed it.  It accepts buffer number: >
+    let altbuf = bufnr(@#)
+    ...
+    let @# = altbuf
+It will give error |E86| if you pass buffer number and this buffer does not
+exist.
+It can also accept a match with an existing buffer name: >
+    let @# = 'buffer_name'
+Error |E93| if there is more than one buffer matching the given name or |E94|
+if none of buffers matches the given name.
 
-6. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
+7. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
 This is not really a register that stores text, but is a way to use an
 expression in commands which use a register.  The expression register is
-read-only; you cannot put text into it.  After the '=', the cursor moves to
-the command-line, where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All
-normal command-line editing commands are available, including a special
-history for expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim
-computes the result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons
-the expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
+read-write.
+
+When typing the '=' after " or CTRL-R the cursor moves to the command-line,
+where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All normal
+command-line editing commands are available, including a special history for
+expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim computes the
+result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons the
+expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
 expression (like with the "/" command).
 
 The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
@@ -1196,7 +1279,7 @@ If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
 characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
 register.  {not in Vi}
 
-7. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
 Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
 See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.  When the clipboard is not available or not
 working, the unnamed register is used instead.  For Unix systems the clipboard
@@ -1218,17 +1301,17 @@ GTK GUI}
 Note: The "~ register is only used when dropping plain text onto Vim.
 Drag'n'drop of URI lists is handled internally.
 
-8. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
+9. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
 When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.  {not in Vi}
 
-9. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
 register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
-Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
+Note that the value is restored when returning from a function
 |function-search-undo|.
 {not in Vi}
 
@@ -1443,10 +1526,10 @@ When you hit Return in a C-comment, Vim will insert the middle comment leader
 for the new line: " * ".  To close this comment you just have to type "/"
 before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
-alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.
+alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit Backspace first.
 
-When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
-which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a matching end
+part which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
 without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
 
 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -511,6 +511,8 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :argdo
     :autocmd
     :bufdo
+    :cdo
+    :cfdo
     :command
     :cscope
     :debug
@@ -521,6 +523,8 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :help
     :helpfind
     :lcscope
+    :ldo
+    :lfdo
     :make
     :normal
     :perl
@@ -597,6 +601,7 @@ starts editing the three files "foo bar", "goes to" and "school ".
 When you want to use the special characters '"' or '|' in a command, or want
 to use '%' or '#' in a file name, precede them with a backslash.  The
 backslash is not required in a range and in the ":substitute" command.
+See also |`=|.
 
 							*:_!*
 The '!' (bang) character after an Ex command makes the command behave in a
@@ -749,13 +754,13 @@ to insert special things while typing you can use the CTRL-R command.  For
 example, "%" stands for the current file name, while CTRL-R % inserts the
 current file name right away.  See |c_CTRL-R|.
 
-Note: If you want to avoid the special characters in a Vim script you may want
-to use |fnameescape()|.
+Note:  If you want to avoid the effects of special characters in a Vim script
+you may want to use |fnameescape()|.  Also see |`=|.
 
 
 In Ex commands, at places where a file name can be used, the following
 characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
-function expand() |expand()|.
+function |expand()|.
 	%	Is replaced with the current file name.		  *:_%* *c_%*
 	#	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	  *:_#* *c_#*
 		This is remembered for every window.
@@ -790,6 +795,7 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 	   #			alternate.file
 	   \#			#
 	   \\#			\#
+Also see |`=|.
 
 			       *:<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<afile>* *<afile>*
@@ -811,13 +817,13 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   <afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
 		   (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing events).
 	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
-		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498* 
-		   When executing a function, is replaced with
-		   "function {function-name}"; function call nesting is
-		   indicated like this:
-		   "function {function-name1}..{function-name2}".  Note that
-		   filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is used inside
-		   a function.
+		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
+		   When executing a function, is replaced with:
+		   "function {function-name}[{lnum}]"
+		   function call nesting is indicated like this:
+		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
+		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
+		   used inside a function.
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 	           line number.  *E842*
 		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
@@ -880,7 +886,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:gs?pat?sub?
 		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".
-	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see 
+	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see
 		|shellescape()|). Must be the last one. Examples: >
 		    :!dir <cfile>:S
 		    :call system('chmod +w -- ' . expand('%:S'))
@@ -933,9 +939,8 @@ name).  This is included for backwards compatibility with version 3.0, the
 
 Note: Where a file name is expected wildcards expansion is done.  On Unix the
 shell is used for this, unless it can be done internally (for speed).
-Backticks also work, like in >
+Unless in |restricted-mode|, backticks work also, like in >
 	:n `echo *.c`
-(backtick expansion is not possible in |restricted-mode|)
 But expansion is only done if there are any wildcards before expanding the
 '%', '#', etc..  This avoids expanding wildcards inside a file name.  If you
 want to expand the result of <cfile>, add a wildcard character to it.
@@ -946,6 +951,7 @@ Examples: (alternate file name is "?readme?")
 	:e #.*		:e {files matching "?readme?.*"}
 	:cd <cfile>	:cd {file name under cursor}
 	:cd <cfile>*	:cd {file name under cursor plus "*" and then expanded}
+Also see |`=|.
 
 When the expanded argument contains a "!" and it is used for a shell command
 (":!cmd", ":r !cmd" or ":w !cmd"), the "!" is escaped with a backslash to
@@ -972,6 +978,8 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 	/\$home		file "$home" in root directory
 	\\$home		file "\\", followed by expanded $home
 
+Also see |`=|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
 							*command-line-window*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 20
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jul 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -132,8 +132,9 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 		if the current window does not have 'diff' set then no options
 		in it are changed.
 
-The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
-using |:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch| , |:diffthis|. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+The `:diffoff` command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
+using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch` , `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+When using `:diffoff` twice the last saved values are restored.
 Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 
 	'diff'		off
@@ -266,13 +267,17 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 		See below for [range].
 
 							*do*
-do		Same as ":diffget" without argument or range.  The "o" stands
-		for "obtain" ("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of
-		"dgg"!). Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+[count]do	Same as ":diffget" without range.  The "o" stands for "obtain"
+		("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of "dgg"!). Note:
+		this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+		If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
+		for ":diffget".
 
 							*dp*
-dp		Same as ":diffput" without argument or range.
-		Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+[count]dp	Same as ":diffput" without range.  Note: this doesn't work in
+		Visual mode.
+		If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
+		for ":diffput".
 
 
 When no [range] is given, the diff at the cursor position or just above it is
@@ -310,6 +315,19 @@ name or a part of a buffer name.  Examples:
 
 Also see |'diffopt'| and the "diff" item of |'fillchars'|.
 
+					    *diff-slow* *diff_translations*
+For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially
+since it tries to match all different kind of localisations. To disable
+localisations and speed up the syntax highlighting, set the global variable
+g:diff_translations to zero: >
+
+    let g:diff_translations = 0
+<
+After setting this variable, Reload the syntax script: >
+
+    set syntax=diff
+<
+
 
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Aug 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -304,7 +304,8 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 			Mnemonic: "goto file".
 			Uses the 'isfname' option to find out which characters
 			are supposed to be in a file name.  Trailing
-			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored.
+			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored. Escaped
+			spaces "\ " are reduced to a single space.
 			Uses the 'path' option as a list of directory names to
 			look for the file.  See the 'path' option for details
 			about relative directories and wildcards.
@@ -411,25 +412,38 @@ Finds files:
 	/usr/include/sys/types.h
 	/usr/inc_old/types.h
 					*backtick-expansion* *`-expansion*
-On Unix and a few other systems you can also use backticks in the file name,
-for example: >
-	:e `find . -name ver\\*.c -print`
-The backslashes before the star are required to prevent "ver*.c" to be
-expanded by the shell before executing the find program.
+On Unix and a few other systems you can also use backticks for the file name
+argument, for example: >
+	:next `find . -name ver\\*.c -print`
+	:view `ls -t *.patch  \| head -n1`
+The backslashes before the star are required to prevent the shell from
+expanding "ver*.c" prior to execution of the find program.  The backslash
+before the shell pipe symbol "|" prevents Vim from parsing it as command
+termination.
 This also works for most other systems, with the restriction that the
 backticks must be around the whole item.  It is not possible to have text
 directly before the first or just after the last backtick.
 
 							*`=*
-You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
-external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
+You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of as an
+external command, by putting an equal sign right after the first backtick,
+e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
 avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
 does apply like to other wildcards.
+
+Environment variables in the expression are expanded when evaluating the
+expression, thus this works: >
+	:e `=$HOME . '/.vimrc'`
+This does not work, $HOME is inside a string and used literally: >
+	:e `='$HOME' . '/.vimrc'`
+
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
 breaks also separate names.
+Note that such expressions are only supported in places where a filename is
+expected as an argument to an Ex-command.
 
 							*++opt* *[++opt]*
 The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
@@ -611,7 +625,7 @@ list of the current window.
 :[count]arga[dd] {name} ..			*:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
 :[count]arga[dd]
 			Add the {name}s to the argument list.  When {name} is
-			omitted at the current buffer name to the argument
+			omitted add the current buffer name to the argument
 			list.
 			If [count] is omitted, the {name}s are added just
 			after the current entry in the argument list.
@@ -622,7 +636,8 @@ list of the current window.
 				:argadd x	a b x c
 				:0argadd x	x a b c
 				:1argadd x	a x b c
-				:99argadd x	a b c x
+				:$argadd x	a b c x
+				:+2argadd y	a b c x y
 			There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
 			add a file to the argument list twice.
 			The currently edited file is not changed.
@@ -644,11 +659,19 @@ list of the current window.
 <			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
 
-:{range}argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+:[range]argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+			Example: >
+				:10,$argdel
+<			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9. >
+				:$argd
+<			Deletes just the last one. >
+				:argd
+				:.argd
+<			Deletes the current argument. >
+				:%argd
+<			Removes all the files from the arglist.
 			When the last number in the range is too high, up to
-			the last argument is deleted.  Example: >
-				:10,1000argdel
-<			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9.
+			the last argument is deleted.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
 
@@ -823,8 +846,9 @@ current window.  The two windows then share this list, until one of them uses
 USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 
 						*:argdo*
-:argdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} for each file in the argument list.
-			It works like doing this: >
+:[range]argdo[!] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} for each file in the argument list or
+			if [range] is specified only for arguments in that
+			range.  It works like doing this: >
 				:rewind
 				:{cmd}
 				:next
@@ -844,7 +868,8 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 			each file.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
-			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo| and |:bufdo|.
+			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
 
 Example: >
 	:args *.c
@@ -1080,9 +1105,12 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.  See |:confirm| and 'confirm'.  {not in Vi}
 
-:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when visible buffers have
-			changes.  Does not exit when there are changed hidden
-			buffers.  Use ":qall!" to exit always.
+:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when currently visible
+			buffers have changes.  Does not exit when this is the
+			last window and there is a changed hidden buffer.
+			In this case, the first changed hidden buffer becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			Use ":qall!" to exit always.
 
 :cq[uit]		Quit always, without writing, and return an error
 			code.  See |:cq|.  Used for Manx's QuickFix mode (see
@@ -1349,7 +1377,7 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
 - <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@.  You can enter them with
   "CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000" {Vi cannot handle <Nul> characters in the
   file}
-- To insert a <NL> character in the file split up a line.  When writing the
+- To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line.  When writing the
   buffer to a file a <NL> will be written for the <EOL>.
 - Vim normally appends an <EOL> at the end of the file if there is none.
   Setting the 'binary' option prevents this.  If you want to add the final
@@ -1379,7 +1407,8 @@ reveal it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
 You could do this to edit very secret text: >
 	:set noundofile viminfo=
 	:noswapfile edit secrets.txt
-Keep in mind that without a swap file you risk loosing your work in a crash.
+Keep in mind that without a swap file you risk losing your work in the event
+of a crash or a power failure.
 
 WARNING: If you make a typo when entering the key and then write the file and
 exit, the text will be lost!
@@ -1415,13 +1444,11 @@ Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
 
-To set the default method, used for new files, use one of these in your
-|vimrc| file: >
-	set cm=zip
+To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc| 
+file: >
 	set cm=blowfish2
-Use the first one if you need to be compatible with Vim 7.2 and older.  Using
-"blowfish2" is highly recommended if you can use a Vim version that supports
-it.
+Using "blowfish2" is highly recommended.  Only use another method if you
+must use an older Vim version that does not support it.
 
 The message given for reading and writing a file will show "[crypted]" when
 using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish, etc.

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 27
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
 To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
 assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
 	:let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
-	:function mydict.len() dict
+	:function mydict.len()
 	:   return len(self.data)
 	:endfunction
 	:echo mydict.len()
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
 Floating point numbers can be written in two forms:
 
 	[-+]{N}.{M}
-	[-+]{N}.{M}e[-+]{exp}
+	[-+]{N}.{M}[eE][-+]{exp}
 
 {N} and {M} are numbers.  Both {N} and {M} must be present and can only
 contain digits.
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ function.  Example: >
 
 
 
-string						*string* *expr-string* *E114*
+string					*string* *String* *expr-string* *E114*
 ------
 "string"		string constant		*expr-quote*
 
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ A string constant accepts these special characters:
 \X.	same as \x.
 \u....	character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
 	current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
-\U....	same as \u....
+\U....	same as \u but allows up to 8 hex numbers.
 \b	backspace <BS>
 \e	escape <Esc>
 \f	formfeed <FF>
@@ -1330,6 +1330,12 @@ v:cmdbang	Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command.  When a "!"
 		can only be used in autocommands.  For user commands |<bang>|
 		can be used.
 
+				*v:completed_item* *completed_item-variable*
+v:completed_item
+		|Dictionary| containing the |complete-items| for the most
+		recently completed word after |CompleteDone|.  The
+		|Dictionary| is empty if the completion failed.
+
 					*v:count* *count-variable*
 v:count		The count given for the last Normal mode command.  Can be used
 		to get the count before a mapping.  Read-only.	Example: >
@@ -1457,12 +1463,14 @@ v:foldstart	Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
 		Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
 
 					*v:hlsearch* *hlsearch-variable*
-v:hlsearch	Variable that determines whether search highlighting is on. 
-		Makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled which requires 
-		|+extra_search|. Setting this variable to zero acts the like 
-		|:nohlsearch| command, setting it to one acts like >
+v:hlsearch	Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on. 
+		Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled which
+		requires |+extra_search|. Setting this variable to zero acts
+		the like |:nohlsearch| command, setting it to one acts like >
 			let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
-<
+<		Note that the value is restored when returning from a
+		function. |function-search-undo|.
+
 					*v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
 v:insertmode	Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
 		events.  Values:
@@ -1527,6 +1535,15 @@ v:oldfiles	List of file names that is loaded from the |viminfo| file on
 		than String this will cause trouble.
 		{only when compiled with the |+viminfo| feature}
 
+						    *v:option_new*
+v:option_new    New value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
+		autocommand.
+						    *v:option_old*
+v:option_old    Old value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
+		autocommand.
+						    *v:option_type*
+v:option_type   Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
+		|OptionSet| autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
 					*v:operator* *operator-variable*
 v:operator	The last operator given in Normal mode.  This is a single
 		character except for commands starting with <g> or <z>,
@@ -1730,7 +1747,7 @@ bufexists( {expr})		Number	TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
 buflisted( {expr})		Number	TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
 bufloaded( {expr})		Number	TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
 bufname( {expr})		String	Name of the buffer {expr}
-bufnr( {expr})			Number	Number of the buffer {expr}
+bufnr( {expr} [, {create}])	Number	Number of the buffer {expr}
 bufwinnr( {expr})		Number	window number of buffer {expr}
 byte2line( {byte})		Number	line number at byte count {byte}
 byteidx( {expr}, {nr})		Number	byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
@@ -1755,8 +1772,8 @@ count( {list}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]])
 				Number	 count how many {expr} are in {list}
 cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
 				Number	checks existence of cscope connection
-cursor( {lnum}, {col} [, {coladd}])
-				Number	move cursor to {lnum}, {col}, {coladd}
+cursor( {lnum}, {col} [, {off}])
+				Number	move cursor to {lnum}, {col}, {off}
 cursor( {list})			Number	move cursor to position in {list}
 deepcopy( {expr} [, {noref}])	any	make a full copy of {expr}
 delete( {fname})		Number	delete file {fname}
@@ -1805,6 +1822,7 @@ getbufvar( {expr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
 getchar( [expr])		Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod( )			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
+getcharsearch()			Dict	last character search
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
 getcmdpos()			Number	return cursor position in command-line
 getcmdtype()			String	return current command-line type
@@ -1834,9 +1852,10 @@ getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
-glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
-globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+glob2regpat( {expr})		String  convert a glob pat into a search pat
+globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
 has( {feature})			Number	TRUE if feature {feature} supported
 has_key( {dict}, {key})		Number	TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
@@ -1953,6 +1972,7 @@ server2client( {clientid}, {string})
 				Number	send reply string
 serverlist()			String	get a list of available servers
 setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
+setcharsearch( {dict})		Dict	set character search from {dict}
 setcmdpos( {pos})		Number	set cursor position in command-line
 setline( {lnum}, {line})	Number	set line {lnum} to {line}
 setloclist( {nr}, {list}[, {action}])
@@ -1984,7 +2004,7 @@ split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
 sqrt( {expr})			Float	square root of {expr}
 str2float( {expr})		Float	convert String to Float
 str2nr( {expr} [, {base}])	Number	convert String to Number
-strchars( {expr})		Number	character length of the String {expr}
+strchars( {expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strdisplaywidth( {expr} [, {col}]) Number display length of the String {expr}
 strftime( {format}[, {time}])	String	time in specified format
 stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
@@ -2041,7 +2061,7 @@ winrestcmd()			String	returns command to restore window sizes
 winrestview( {dict})		none	restore view of current window
 winsaveview()			Dict	save view of current window
 winwidth( {nr})			Number	width of window {nr}
-writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
+writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {flags}])
 				Number	write list of lines to file {fname}
 xor( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise XOR
 
@@ -2395,6 +2415,10 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			    number of bytes in the cursor line plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Additionally {expr} can be [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line
 		and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
 		the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
@@ -2623,6 +2647,7 @@ cursor({list})
 		If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
 		If {curswant} is given it is used to set the preferred column
 		for vertical movement.  Otherwise {col} is used.
+
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {off} specifies the offset in
 		screen columns from the start of the character.  E.g., a
 		position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
@@ -2955,14 +2980,19 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 		{expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty.  If necessary
 		make a copy of {expr1} first.
 		{expr2} remains unchanged.
+		When {expr1} is locked and {expr2} is not empty the operation
+		fails.
 		Returns {expr1}.
 
 
 feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
-		come from a mapping or were typed by the user.	They are added
-		to the end of the typeahead buffer, thus if a mapping is still
-		being executed these characters come after them.
+		come from a mapping or were typed by the user.
+		By default the string is added to the end of the typeahead
+		buffer, thus if a mapping is still being executed the
+		characters come after them.  Use the 'i' flag to insert before
+		other characters, they will be executed next, before any
+		characters from a mapping.
 		The function does not wait for processing of keys contained in
 		{string}.
 		To include special keys into {string}, use double-quotes
@@ -2976,6 +3006,7 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		't'	Handle keys as if typed; otherwise they are handled as
 			if coming from a mapping.  This matters for undo,
 			opening folds, etc.
+		'i'	Insert the string instead of appending (see above).
 		Return value is always 0.
 
 filereadable({file})					*filereadable()*
@@ -3304,6 +3335,17 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 			:    endif
 			:  endwhile
 			:endfunction
+<
+		You may also receive synthetic characters, such as
+		|<CursorHold>|. Often you will want to ignore this and get
+		another character: >
+			:function GetKey()
+			:  let c = getchar()
+			:  while c == "\<CursorHold>"
+			:    let c = getchar()
+			:  endwhile
+			:  return c
+			:endfunction
 
 getcharmod()						*getcharmod()*
 		The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
@@ -3321,6 +3363,26 @@ getcharmod()						*getcharmod()*
 		character itself are obtained.	Thus Shift-a results in "A"
 		without a modifier.
 
+getcharsearch()						*getcharsearch()*
+		Return the current character search information as a {dict}
+		with the following entries:
+
+		    char	character previously used for a character
+				search (|t|, |f|, |T|, or |F|); empty string
+				if no character search has been performed
+		    forward	direction of character search; 1 for forward,
+				0 for backward
+		    until	type of character search; 1 for a |t| or |T|
+				character search, 0 for an |f| or |F|
+				character search
+
+		This can be useful to always have |;| and |,| search
+		forward/backward regardless of the direction of the previous
+		character search: >
+			:nnoremap <expr> ; getcharsearch().forward ? ';' : ','
+			:nnoremap <expr> , getcharsearch().forward ? ',' : ';'
+<		Also see |setcharsearch()|.
+
 getcmdline()						*getcmdline()*
 		Return the current command-line.  Only works when the command
 		line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
@@ -3514,7 +3576,7 @@ getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
 		This can be used to save and restore the position of a mark: >
 			let save_a_mark = getpos("'a")
 			...
-			call setpos(''a', save_a_mark
+			call setpos("'a", save_a_mark)
 <		Also see |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.
 
 
@@ -3618,7 +3680,7 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
 <
-glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
+glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])		*glob()*
 		Expand the file wildcards in {expr}.  See |wildcards| for the
 		use of special characters.
 
@@ -3635,8 +3697,11 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.
+
 		A name for a non-existing file is not included.  A symbolic
 		link is only included if it points to an existing file.
+		However, when the {alllinks} argument is present and it is
+		non-zero then all symbolic links are included.
 
 		For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
 		any external command.  Example: >
@@ -3648,7 +3713,16 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables.  See
 		|system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
 
-globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
+glob2regpat({expr})					 *glob2regpat()*
+		Convert a file pattern, as used by glob(), into a search
+		pattern.  The result can be used to match with a string that
+		is a file name.  E.g. >
+			if filename =~ glob2regpat('Make*.mak')
+<		This is equivalent to: >
+			if filename =~ '^Make.*\.mak$'
+<
+								*globpath()*
+globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {allinks}]]])
 		Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
 		the results.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
@@ -3674,6 +3748,8 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
 		they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
 <
+		{allinks} is used as with |glob()|.
+
 		The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
 		For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
 		in 'runtimepath' and below: >
@@ -4351,7 +4427,7 @@ match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*match()*
 		done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
 
 					*matchadd()* *E798* *E799* *E801*
-matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
+matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id} [, {dict}]]])
 		Defines a pattern to be highlighted in the current window (a
 		"match").  It will be highlighted with {group}.  Returns an
 		identification number (ID), which can be used to delete the
@@ -4359,6 +4435,8 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		Matching is case sensitive and magic, unless case sensitivity
 		or magicness are explicitly overridden in {pattern}.  The
 		'magic', 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options are not used.
+		The "Conceal" value is special, it causes the match to be
+		concealed.
 
 		The optional {priority} argument assigns a priority to the
 		match.	A match with a high priority will have its
@@ -4376,9 +4454,18 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		message will appear and the match will not be added.  An ID
 		is specified as a positive integer (zero excluded).  IDs 1, 2
 		and 3 are reserved for |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|,
-		respectively.  If the {id} argument is not specified,
+		respectively.  If the {id} argument is not specified or -1,
 		|matchadd()| automatically chooses a free ID.
 
+		The optional {dict} argmument allows for further custom
+		values. Currently this is used to specify a match specifc
+		conceal character that will be shown for |hl-Conceal|
+		highlighted matches. The dict can have the following members:
+
+			conceal	    Special character to show instead of the
+				    match (only for |hl-Conceal| highlighed
+				    matches, see |:syn-cchar|)
+
 		The number of matches is not limited, as it is the case with
 		the |:match| commands.
 
@@ -4392,7 +4479,7 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		available from |getmatches()|.	All matches can be deleted in
 		one operation by |clearmatches()|.
 
-matchaddpos({group}, {pos}[, {priority}[, {id}]])		*matchaddpos()*
+matchaddpos({group}, {pos}[, {priority}[, {id}[, {dict}]]])		*matchaddpos()*
 		Same as |matchadd()|, but requires a list of positions {pos}
 		instead of a pattern. This command is faster than |matchadd()|
 		because it does not require to handle regular expressions and
@@ -4746,6 +4833,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
 			specified are used.
+							*printf-S*
 		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
 			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
@@ -4807,7 +4895,7 @@ py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
 		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
 		converted to Vim data structures.
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
-		copied though, unicode strings are additionally converted to 
+		copied though, Unicode strings are additionally converted to 
 		'encoding').
 		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
 		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with 
@@ -4851,7 +4939,7 @@ readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
 		separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
 		NL appears somewhere).
 		All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
-		When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
+		When {binary} contains "b" binary mode is used:
 		- When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
 		  added.
 		- No CR characters are removed.
@@ -5331,6 +5419,26 @@ setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 			:call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
+setcharsearch({dict})					*setcharsearch()*
+		Set the current character search information to {dict},
+		which contains one or more of the following entries:
+
+		    char	character which will be used for a subsequent
+				|,| or |;| command; an empty string clears the
+				character search
+		    forward	direction of character search; 1 for forward,
+				0 for backward
+		    until	type of character search; 1 for a |t| or |T|
+				character search, 0 for an |f| or |F|
+				character search
+
+		This can be useful to save/restore a user's character search
+		from a script: >
+			:let prevsearch = getcharsearch()
+			:" Perform a command which clobbers user's search
+			:call setcharsearch(prevsearch)
+<		Also see |getcharsearch()|.
+
 setcmdpos({pos})					*setcmdpos()*
 		Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
 		{pos}.	The first position is 1.
@@ -5546,7 +5654,7 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
 sha256({string})						*sha256()*
-		Returns a String with 64 hex charactes, which is the SHA256
+		Returns a String with 64 hex characters, which is the SHA256
 		checksum of {string}.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}
 
@@ -5753,7 +5861,8 @@ split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]])			*split()*
 			:let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
 <		To split a string in individual characters: >
 			:for c in split(mystring, '\zs')
-<		If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs': >
+<		If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs' at
+		the end of the pattern: >
 			:echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
 <			['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi'] ~
 		Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >
@@ -5801,15 +5910,35 @@ str2nr( {expr} [, {base}])				*str2nr()*
 		Text after the number is silently ignored.
 
 
-strchars({expr})					*strchars()*
+strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])					*strchars()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of characters
-		String {expr} occupies.  Composing characters are counted
-		separately.
+		in String {expr}.
+		When {skipcc} is omitted or zero, composing characters are
+		counted separately.
+		When {skipcc} set to 1, Composing characters are ignored.
 		Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
 
+		
+		{skipcc} is only available after 7.4.755.  For backward
+		compatibility, you can define a wrapper function: >
+		    if has("patch-7.4.755")
+		      function s:strchars(str, skipcc)
+			return strchars(a:str, a:skipcc)
+		      endfunction
+		    else
+		      function s:strchars(str, skipcc)
+			if a:skipcc
+			  return strlen(substitute(a:str, ".", "x", "g"))
+			else
+			  return strchars(a:str)
+			endif
+		      endfunction
+		    endif
+<
+
 strdisplaywidth({expr}[, {col}])			*strdisplaywidth()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells
-		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts a {col}.
+		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts at {col}.
 		When {col} is omitted zero is used.  Otherwise it is the
 		screen column where to start.  This matters for Tab
 		characters.
@@ -5875,15 +6004,11 @@ string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 							*strlen()*
 strlen({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
 		{expr} in bytes.
-		If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters (not
-		counting composing characters) use something like this: >
-
-			:let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
-<
 		If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
 		For other types an error is given.
-		Also see |len()|, |strchars()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and
-		|strwidth()|.
+		If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters use
+		|strchars()|.
+		Also see |len()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
 
 strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}])			*strpart()*
 		The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
@@ -5997,6 +6122,9 @@ synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})				*synID()*
 
 		{col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
 		line.  'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
+		Note that when the position is after the last character,
+		that's where the cursor can be in Insert mode, synID() returns
+		zero.
 
 		When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
 		item that they reveal.	This is useful when wanting to know
@@ -6406,6 +6534,10 @@ virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
 			    plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
 		Examples: >
   virtcol(".")	   with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
@@ -6555,14 +6687,20 @@ winwidth({nr})						*winwidth()*
   :endif
 <
 							*writefile()*
-writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
+writefile({list}, {fname} [, {flags}])
 		Write |List| {list} to file {fname}.  Each list item is
 		separated with a NL.  Each list item must be a String or
 		Number.
-		When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
+		When {flags} contains "b" then binary mode is used: There will
 		not be a NL after the last list item.  An empty item at the
 		end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
-		All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
+
+		When {flags} contains "a" then append mode is used, lines are
+		append to the file: >
+			:call writefile(["foo"], "event.log", "a")
+			:call writefile(["bar"], "event.log", "a")
+>
+<		All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
 		Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
 		to writefile().
 		An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
@@ -7345,7 +7483,7 @@ This does NOT work: >
 				:unlet v
 <							*E741*
 			If you try to change a locked variable you get an
-			error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
+			error message: "E741: Value is locked: {name}"
 
 			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
 			|Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking goes:
@@ -8249,7 +8387,7 @@ You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
 							*catch-text*
 NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
 	:catch /No such variable/
-only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
+only works in the English locale, but not when the user has selected
 a different language by the |:language| command.  It is however helpful to
 cite the message text in a comment: >
 	:catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/   " No such variable

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Aug 07
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ o  Toggling between Farsi ISIR-3342 standard encoding and Vim Farsi via F9
    right-to-left mode, this function is also supported only in right-to-left
    mode.
 
-Farsi Fonts					*farsi fonts*
+Farsi Fonts					*farsi-fonts*
 -----------
 
 The following files are found in the subdirectories of the '$VIM/farsi/fonts'
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ o  Keyboard
 Note:
 	<09>  stands for Farsi PSP (break without space)
 
-	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute )
+	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute)
 
 Restrictions
 ------------

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ zX		Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply 'foldlevel'.
 		Also forces recomputing folds, like |zx|.
 
 							*zm*
-zm		Fold more: Subtract one from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
+zm		Fold more: Subtract |v:count1| from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
 		already zero nothing happens.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ zM		Close all folds: set 'foldlevel' to 0.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
 							*zr*
-zr		Reduce folding: Add one to 'foldlevel'.
+zr		Reduce folding: Add |v:count1| to 'foldlevel'.
 
 							*zR*
 zR		Open all folds.  This sets 'foldlevel' to highest fold level.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -452,9 +452,10 @@ detailed elsewhere: see |'mouse'|, |win32-hidden-menus|.
 You can drag and drop one or more files into the Vim window, where they will
 be opened as normal.  See |drag-n-drop|.
 
-							*:simalt* *:si*
+							*:simalt* *:sim*
 :sim[alt] {key}		simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed.
 			{not in Vi} {only for Win32 versions}
+			Note: ":si" means ":s" with the "i" flag.
 
 Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the
 number of possible mappings.  This clashes with the standard use of Alt as the

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 21
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		      Command-line editing	  c_	   :help c_<Del>
 		      Vim command argument	  -	   :help -r
 		      Option			  '	   :help 'textwidth'
+		      Regular expression	  /	   :help /[
   Search for help:  Type ":help word", then hit CTRL-D to see matching
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
@@ -196,6 +197,7 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
 |pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
+|pi_logipat.txt|   Logical operators on patterns
 |pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
 |pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens
 |pi_tar.txt|       Tar file explorer

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ files in it.
 --remote-silent "+call cursor(10, 27)"
 	      - Places the cursor on line 10 column 27
 In Vim >
-   :h --remote-silent for mor details
+   :h --remote-silent for more details
 
 [.Net remarks provided by Dave Fishburn and Brian Sturk]
 

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -120,9 +120,13 @@ VIM::command({cmd})
 							*ruby-evaluate*
 VIM::evaluate({expr})
 	Evaluates {expr} using the vim internal expression evaluator (see
-	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as a string.
-	A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items and inserting
-	line breaks.
+	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as:
+	- a Integer if the Vim expression evaluates to a number
+	- a Float if the Vim expression evaluates to a float
+	- a String if the Vim expression evaluates to a string
+	- a Array if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim list
+	- a Hash if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim dictionary
+	Dictionaries and lists are recursively expanded.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. VIM::Buffer objects					*ruby-buffer*

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Apr 23
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -702,12 +702,16 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |g'|		g'{mark}	1  like |'| but without changing the jumplist
 |g`|		g`{mark}	1  like |`| but without changing the jumplist
 |gstar|		g*		1  like "*", but without using "\<" and "\>"
+|g+|		g+		   go to newer text state N times
+|g,|		g,		1  go to N newer position in change list
+|g-|		g-		   go to older text state N times
 |g0|		g0		1  when 'wrap' off go to leftmost character of
 				   the current line that is on the screen;
 				   when 'wrap' on go to the leftmost character
 				   of the current screen line
 |g8|		g8		   print hex value of bytes used in UTF-8
 				   character under the cursor
+|g;|		g;		1  go to N older position in change list
 |g<|		g<		   display previous command output
 |g?|		g?		2  Rot13 encoding operator
 |g?g?|		g??		2  Rot13 encode current line
@@ -736,6 +740,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   the screen; when 'wrap' on go to the
 				   leftmost non-white character of the current
 				   screen line
+|g_|		g_		1  cursor to the last CHAR N - 1 lines lower
 |ga|		ga		   print ascii value of character under the
 				   cursor
 |gd|		gd		1  go to definition of word under the cursor
@@ -1133,6 +1138,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cc|		:cc		go to specific error
 |:cclose|	:ccl[ose]	close quickfix window
 |:cd|		:cd		change directory
+|:cdo|		:cdo		execute command in each valid error list entry
+|:cfdo|		:cfd[o]		execute command in each file in error list
 |:center|	:ce[nter]	format lines at the center
 |:cexpr|	:cex[pr]	read errors from expr and jump to first
 |:cfile|	:cf[ile]	read file with error messages and jump to first
@@ -1291,6 +1298,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
 |:lclose|	:lcl[ose]	close location window
 |:lcscope|	:lcs[cope]      like ":cscope" but uses location list
+|:ldo|		:ld[o]		execute command in valid location list entries
+|:lfdo|		:lfd[o]		execute command in each file in location list
 |:left|		:le[ft]		left align lines
 |:leftabove|	:lefta[bove]	make split window appear left or above
 |:let|		:let		assign a value to a variable or option
@@ -1465,7 +1474,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 				buffer list
 |:sbrewind|	:sbr[ewind]	split window and go to first file in the
 				buffer list
-|:scriptnames|	:scrip[tnames]	list names of all sourced Vim scripts
+|:scriptnames|	:scr[iptnames]	list names of all sourced Vim scripts
 |:scriptencoding| :scripte[ncoding]	encoding used in sourced Vim script
 |:scscope|	:scs[cope]	split window and execute cscope command
 |:set|		:se[t]		show or set options

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 04
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -81,9 +81,11 @@ CTRL-W		Delete the word before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| about
 		joining lines).  See the section "word motions",
 		|word-motions|, for the definition of a word.
 						*i_CTRL-U*
-CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters in the current line (see
-		|i_backspacing| about joining lines).
-
+CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters before the cursor in the current
+		line.  If there are no newly entered characters and
+		'backspace' is not empty, delete all characters before the
+		cursor in the current line.
+		See |i_backspacing| about joining lines.
 						*i_CTRL-I* *i_<Tab>* *i_Tab*
 <Tab> or CTRL-I Insert a tab.  If the 'expandtab' option is on, the
 		equivalent number of spaces is inserted (use CTRL-V <Tab> to
@@ -150,7 +152,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 	CTRL-R a		results in "ac".
 	CTRL-R CTRL-R a		results in "ab^Hc".
 <		Options 'textwidth', 'formatoptions', etc. still apply.  If
-		you also want to avoid these, use "<C-R><C-O>r", see below.
+		you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.  {not in Vi}
 
@@ -375,6 +377,9 @@ CTRL-O		execute one command, return to Insert mode   *i_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-\ CTRL-O	like CTRL-O but don't move the cursor	     *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-L		when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode  *i_CTRL-L*
 CTRL-G u	break undo sequence, start new change	     *i_CTRL-G_u*
+CTRL-G U	don't break undo with next left/right cursor *i_CTRL-G_U*
+		movement (but only if the cursor stays
+		within same the line)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Note: If the cursor keys take you out of Insert mode, check the 'noesckeys'
@@ -414,6 +419,28 @@ that, with CTRL-O u.  Another example: >
 This breaks undo at each line break.  It also expands abbreviations before
 this.
 
+An example for using CTRL-G U: >
+
+	inoremap <Left>  <C-G>U<Left>
+	inoremap <Right> <C-G>U<Right>
+	inoremap <expr> <Home> col('.') == match(getline('.'), '\S') + 1 ?
+	 \ repeat('<C-G>U<Left>', col('.') - 1) :
+	 \ (col('.') < match(getline('.'), '\S') ?
+	 \     repeat('<C-G>U<Right>', match(getline('.'), '\S') + 0) :
+	 \     repeat('<C-G>U<Left>', col('.') - 1 - match(getline('.'), '\S')))
+	inoremap <expr> <End> repeat('<C-G>U<Right>', col('$') - col('.'))
+	inoremap ( ()<C-G>U<Left>
+
+This makes it possible to use the cursor keys in Insert mode, without breaking
+the undo sequence and therefore using |.| (redo) will work as expected. 
+Also entering a text like (with the "(" mapping from above): >
+
+   Lorem ipsum (dolor
+
+will be repeatable by the |.|to the expected
+
+   Lorem ipsum (dolor)
+
 Using CTRL-O splits undo: the text typed before and after it is undone
 separately.  If you want to avoid this (e.g., in a mapping) you might be able
 to use CTRL-R = |i_CTRL-R|.  E.g., to call a function: >

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
 This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will see
 the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security issue,
 send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 03
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1358,6 +1358,19 @@ Possible attributes are:
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.
 
+					*E889* *:command-addr*
+It is possible that the special characters in the range like ., $ or % which
+by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
+relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
+
+Possible values are:
+	-addr=lines		Range of lines (this is the default)
+	-addr=arguments		Range for arguments
+	-addr=buffers		Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers)
+	-addr=loaded_buffers	Range for loaded buffers
+	-addr=windows		Range for windows
+	-addr=tabs		Range for tab pages
+
 Special cases				*:command-bang* *:command-bar*
 					*:command-register* *:command-buffer*
 There are some special cases as well:

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -172,6 +172,8 @@ CTRL-H		or					*CTRL-H* *<BS>*
 l		or					*l*
 <Right>		or					*<Right>* *<Space>*
 <Space>			[count] characters to the right.  |exclusive| motion.
+			See the 'whichwrap' option for adjusting the behavior
+			at end of line
 
 							*0*
 0			To the first character of the line.  |exclusive|

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -306,7 +306,12 @@ bufID		Buffer number.  A message may be either for a specific buffer
 		or generic.  Generic messages use a bufID of zero.  NOTE: this
 		buffer ID is assigned by the IDE, it is not Vim's buffer
 		number.  The bufID must be a sequentially rising number,
-		starting at one.
+		starting at one.  When the 'switchbuf' option is set to
+		"usetab" and the "bufID" buffer is not found in the current
+		tab page, the netbeans commands and functions that set this
+		buffer as the current buffer will jump to the first open
+		window that contains this buffer in other tab pages instead of
+		replacing the buffer in the current window.
 
 seqno		The IDE uses a sequence number for Commands and Functions.  A
 		Reply must use the sequence number of the Function that it is

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 23
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -50,18 +50,26 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}&vi	Reset option to its Vi default value. {not in Vi}
 :se[t] {option}&vim	Reset option to its Vim default value. {not in Vi}
 
-:se[t] all&		Set all options, except terminal options, to their
-			default value.  The values of 'term', 'lines' and
-			'columns' are not changed. {not in Vi}
+:se[t] all&		Set all options to their default value.  The values of 
+			these options are not changed:
+			  all terminal options, starting with t_
+			  'columns'
+			  'cryptmethod'
+			  'encoding'
+			  'key'
+			  'lines'
+			  'term'
+			  'ttymouse'
+			  'ttytype'
+			Warning: This may have a lot of side effects.
+			{not in Vi}
 
 						*:set-args* *E487* *E521*
 :se[t] {option}={value}		or
 :se[t] {option}:{value}
 			Set string or number option to {value}.
 			For numeric options the value can be given in decimal,
-			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0')
-			(hex and octal are only available for machines which
-			have the strtol() function).
+ 			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0').
 			The old value can be inserted by typing 'wildchar' (by
 			default this is a <Tab> or CTRL-E if 'compatible' is
 			set).  See |cmdline-completion|.
@@ -538,11 +546,11 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" or "Vim:" is used:
 	vim<{vers}:	version before {vers}
 	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
 	vim>{vers}:	version after {vers}
-{vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
-For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
-	/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
-To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
-	/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
+{vers} is 700 for Vim 7.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
+For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 7.0:
+	/* vim700: set foldmethod=marker */ ~
+To use a modeline for Vim after version 7.2:
+	/* vim>702: set cole=2: */ ~
 There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
 
 
@@ -730,8 +738,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	open a file, switch buffers, delete a buffer or open/close a window.
 	It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
 	or selected.
-	This option is provided for backward compatibility with the Vim
-	released with Sun ONE Studio 4 Enterprise Edition.
 	Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
 
 				*'arabic'* *'arab'* *'noarabic'* *'noarab'*
@@ -790,7 +796,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	line.
 	When 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is on the indent is changed in
 	a different way.
-	The 'autoindent' option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	The 'autoindent' option is reset when the 'paste' option is set and
+	restored when 'paste' is reset.
 	{small difference from Vi: After the indent is deleted when typing
 	<Esc> or <CR>, the cursor position when moving up or down is after the
 	deleted indent; Vi puts the cursor somewhere in the deleted indent}.
@@ -1128,6 +1135,47 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	expression evaluates to a |List| this is equal to using each List item
 	as a string and putting "\n" in between them.
 
+						*'belloff'* *'bo'*
+'belloff' 'bo'		string	(default "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	Specifies for which events the bell will not be rung. It is a comma
+	separated list of items. For each item that is present, the bell
+	will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
+	insert mode to be silenced.
+
+	item	    meaning when present	~
+	all	    All events.
+	backspace   When hitting <BS> or <Del> and deleting results in an
+		    error.
+	cursor	    Fail to move around using the cursor keys or
+		    <PageUp>/<PageDown> in |Insert-mode|.
+	complete    Error occurred when using |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K| or
+		    |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T|.
+	copy	    Cannot copy char from insert mode using |i_CTRL-Y| or
+		    |i_CTRL-E|.
+	ctrlg	    Unknown Char after <C-G> in Insert mode.
+	error	    Other Error occurred (e.g. try to join last line)
+		    (mostly used in |Normal-mode| or |Cmdline-mode|).
+	esc	    hitting <Esc> in |Normal-mode|.
+	ex	    In |Visual-mode|, hitting |Q| results in an error.
+	hangul	    Error occurred when using hangul input.
+	insertmode  Pressing <Esc> in 'insertmode'.
+	lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
+	mess	    No output available for |g<|.
+	showmatch   Error occurred for 'showmatch' function.
+	operator    Empty region error |cpo-E|.
+	register    Unknown register after <C-R> in |Insert-mode|.
+	shell	    Bell from shell output |:!|.
+	spell	    Error happened on spell suggest.
+	wildmode    More matches in |cmdline-completion| available
+		    (depends on the 'wildmode' setting).
+
+	This is most useful, to fine tune when in insert mode the bell should
+	be rung. For normal mode and ex commands, the bell is often rung to
+	indicate that an error occurred. It can be silenced by adding the
+	"error" keyword.
+
 				     *'binary'* *'bin'* *'nobinary'* *'nobin'*
 'binary' 'bin'		boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
@@ -1320,6 +1368,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
 			file name.  It is not modified in response to a |:cd|
 			command.
+	both:		When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
+			the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
+			triggered as usual for |:edit|.
 							*E676*
 	"acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
 	"nofile", but it will be written.  Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
@@ -1820,6 +1871,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
 		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
 
+	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
+		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
+		    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
+
+	   noselect Do not select a match in the menu, force the user to
+		    select one from the menu. Only works in combination with
+		    "menu" or "menuone".
+
 
 						*'concealcursor'* *'cocu'*
 'concealcursor' 'cocu'	string (default: "")
@@ -2221,7 +2280,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 
 						*'cryptmethod'* *'cm'*
-'cryptmethod'		string	(default "zip")
+'cryptmethod' 'cm'	string	(default "zip")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Method used for encryption when the buffer is written to a file:
@@ -2664,15 +2723,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
-	is on, no <EOL> will be written for the last line in the file.  This
-	option is automatically set when starting to edit a new file, unless
-	the file does not have an <EOL> for the last line in the file, in
-	which case it is reset.  Normally you don't have to set or reset this
-	option.  When 'binary' is off the value is not used when writing the
-	file.  When 'binary' is on it is used to remember the presence of a
-	<EOL> for the last line in the file, so that when you write the file
-	the situation from the original file can be kept.  But you can change
-	it if you want to.
+	is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no <EOL> will be written for the
+	last line in the file.  This option is automatically set or reset when
+	starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <EOL>
+	for the last line in the file.  Normally you don't have to set or
+	reset this option.
+	When 'binary' is off and 'fixeol' is on the value is not used when
+	writing the file.  When 'binary' is on or 'fixeol' is off it is used
+	to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
+	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
+	be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
 
 			     *'equalalways'* *'ea'* *'noequalalways'* *'noea'*
 'equalalways' 'ea'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -2713,7 +2773,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	makes a difference for error messages, the bell will be used always
 	for a lot of errors without a message (e.g., hitting <Esc> in Normal
 	mode).  See 'visualbell' on how to make the bell behave like a beep,
-	screen flash or do nothing.
+	screen flash or do nothing. See 'belloff' to finetune when to ring the
+	bell.
 
 						*'errorfile'* *'ef'*
 'errorfile' 'ef'	string	(Amiga default: "AztecC.Err",
@@ -2775,6 +2836,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	<Tab>.  Spaces are used in indents with the '>' and '<' commands and
 	when 'autoindent' is on.  To insert a real tab when 'expandtab' is
 	on, use CTRL-V<Tab>.  See also |:retab| and |ins-expandtab|.
+	This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set and restored when
+	the 'paste' option is reset.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 					*'exrc'* *'ex'* *'noexrc'* *'noex'*
@@ -2952,8 +3015,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
 	     is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found without a
 	     preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
-	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if 'fileformats'
-	     includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
+	     if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 	     This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
 	      "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
 	      "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
@@ -3057,6 +3120,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  fold:c	Folded			|hl-Folded|
 	  diff:c	DiffDelete		|hl-DiffDelete|
 
+		*'fixendofline'* *'fixeol'* *'nofixendofline'* *'nofixeol'*
+'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+	When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
+	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
+	preserve the situation from the original file.
+	When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
+	matter.
+	See the 'endofline' option.
+
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
 'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)			*E198*
 			global
@@ -3421,7 +3495,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
 	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
 	horizontal cursor.
-	For a console the 't_SI' and 't_EI' escape sequences are used.
+	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
+	used.
 
 	The option is a comma separated list of parts.  Each part consist of a
 	mode-list and an argument-list:
@@ -4534,6 +4609,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
+	Also consider setting 'langnoremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
+	characters resulting from a mapping.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -4589,6 +4666,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim
 <	Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!
 
+					*'langnoremap'* *'lnr'*
+'langnoremap' 'lnr'	boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
+			feature}
+	When on, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
+	a mapping.  This basically means, if you noticed that setting
+	'langmap' disables some of your mappings, try setting this option.
+	This option defaults to off for backwards compatibility.  Set it on if
+	that works for you to avoid mappings to break.
+
 					*'laststatus'* *'ls'*
 'laststatus' 'ls'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -4703,33 +4792,38 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
-	  						*lcs-eol*
+							*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
 			line.
-	  						*lcs-tab*
+							*lcs-tab*
 	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a tab.  The first
 			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
 			fill the space that the tab normally occupies.
 			"tab:>-" will show a tab that takes four spaces as
 			">---".  When omitted, a tab is show as ^I.
-	  						*lcs-trail*
+							*lcs-space*
+	  space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
+			are left blank.
+							*lcs-trail*
 	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
-			trailing spaces are blank.
-	  						*lcs-extends*
+			trailing spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space"
+			setting for trailing spaces.
+							*lcs-extends*
 	  extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
-	  						*lcs-precedes*
+							*lcs-precedes*
 	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
 			is off and there is text preceding the character
 			visible in the first column.
-	  						*lcs-conceal*
+							*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
-	  						*lcs-nbsp*
-	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
-			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
+							*lcs-nbsp*
+	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
+			(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
+			omitted.
 
 	The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
 	be used when 'encoding' is "utf-8", otherwise only printable
@@ -4740,7 +4834,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    :set lcs=tab:>-,eol:<,nbsp:%
 	    :set lcs=extends:>,precedes:<
 <	The "NonText" highlighting will be used for "eol", "extends" and
-	"precedes".  "SpecialKey" for "nbsp", "tab" and "trail".
+	"precedes".  "SpecialKey" for "nbsp", "space", "tab" and "trail".
 	|hl-NonText| |hl-SpecialKey|
 
 			*'lpl'* *'nolpl'* *'loadplugins'* *'noloadplugins'*
@@ -5321,19 +5415,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the 'paste' option is switched on (also when it was already on):
 		- mapping in Insert mode and Command-line mode is disabled
 		- abbreviations are disabled
-		- 'textwidth' is set to 0
-		- 'wrapmargin' is set to 0
 		- 'autoindent' is reset
-		- 'smartindent' is reset
-		- 'softtabstop' is set to 0
+		- 'expandtab' is reset
+		- 'formatoptions' is used like it is empty
 		- 'revins' is reset
 		- 'ruler' is reset
 		- 'showmatch' is reset
-		- 'formatoptions' is used like it is empty
+		- 'smartindent' is reset
+		- 'smarttab' is reset
+		- 'softtabstop' is set to 0
+		- 'textwidth' is set to 0
+		- 'wrapmargin' is set to 0
 	These options keep their value, but their effect is disabled:
-		- 'lisp'
-		- 'indentexpr'
 		- 'cindent'
+		- 'indentexpr'
+		- 'lisp'
 	NOTE: When you start editing another file while the 'paste' option is
 	on, settings from the modelines or autocommands may change the
 	settings again, causing trouble when pasting text.  You might want to
@@ -5626,6 +5722,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
 	that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
 	for debugging the regexp engine.
+	Using automatic selection enables Vim to switch the engine, if the
+	default engine becomes too costly.  E.g., when the NFA engine uses too
+	many states.  This should prevent Vim from hanging on a combination of
+	a complex pattern with long text.
 
 		*'relativenumber'* *'rnu'* *'norelativenumber'* *'nornu'*
 'relativenumber' 'rnu'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -5762,7 +5862,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Inserting characters in Insert mode will work backwards.  See "typing
 	backwards" |ins-reverse|.  This option can be toggled with the CTRL-_
 	command in Insert mode, when 'allowrevins' is set.
-	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' or 'paste' is set.
+	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 
 				 *'rightleft'* *'rl'* *'norightleft'* *'norl'*
 'rightleft' 'rl'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -5818,7 +5920,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	separated with a dash.
 	For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
 	For an empty buffer the line number will also be zero: "0,0-1".
-	This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	If you don't want to see the ruler all the time but want to know where
 	you are, use "g CTRL-G" |g_CTRL-G|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -6457,7 +6560,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	jump is only done if the match can be seen on the screen.  The time to
 	show the match can be set with 'matchtime'.
 	A Beep is given if there is no match (no matter if the match can be
-	seen or not).  This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	seen or not).
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	When the 'm' flag is not included in 'cpoptions', typing a character
 	will immediately move the cursor back to where it belongs.
 	See the "sm" field in 'guicursor' for setting the cursor shape and
@@ -6566,8 +6671,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mapping: ":inoremap # X^H#", where ^H is entered with CTRL-V CTRL-H.
 	When using the ">>" command, lines starting with '#' are not shifted
 	right.
-	NOTE: 'smartindent' is reset when 'compatible' is set.  When 'paste'
-	is set smart indenting is disabled.
+	NOTE: 'smartindent' is reset when 'compatible' is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 
 				 *'smarttab'* *'sta'* *'nosmarttab'* *'nosta'*
 'smarttab' 'sta'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -6583,6 +6689,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	What gets inserted (a <Tab> or spaces) depends on the 'expandtab'
 	option.  Also see |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the
 	number of spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 					*'softtabstop'* *'sts'*
@@ -6597,7 +6705,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
 	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
 	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
-	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.
+	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set and restored
+	when 'paste' is reset.
 	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
 	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
 	The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' changes how tabs are used when 'list' is
@@ -7044,6 +7153,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
 			a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
 			Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
+	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
 
@@ -7300,14 +7410,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
-	In the Win32 console version the default value is the console codepage
-	when it differs from the ANSI codepage.
 								*E617*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ 2 GUI.  After the GUI has been
 	successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to "utf-8".
 	Any attempts to set a different value will be rejected, and an error
 	message is shown.
-	For the Win32 GUI 'termencoding' is not used for typed characters,
+	For the Win32 GUI and console versions 'termencoding' is not used,
 	because the Win32 system always passes Unicode characters.
 	When empty, the same encoding is used as for the 'encoding' option.
 	This is the normal value.
@@ -7357,8 +7465,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Maximum width of text that is being inserted.  A longer line will be
 	broken after white space to get this width.  A zero value disables
-	this.  'textwidth' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.  When
-	'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
+	this.
+	'textwidth' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set and restored
+	when 'paste' is reset.
+	When 'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
 	'formatoptions' and |ins-textwidth|.
 	When 'formatexpr' is set it will be used to break the line.
 	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -7744,6 +7854,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	current buffer: >
 		setlocal ul=-1
 <	This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
+
+	The local value is set to -123456 when the global value is to be used.
+
 	Also see |clear-undo|.
 
 						*'undoreload'* *'ur'*
@@ -8377,6 +8490,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Options that add a margin, such as 'number' and 'foldcolumn', cause
 	the text width to be further reduced.  This is Vi compatible.
 	When 'textwidth' is non-zero, this option is not used.
+	This option is set to 0 when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste'
+	is reset.
 	See also 'formatoptions' and |ins-textwidth|.  {Vi: works differently
 	and less usefully}
 

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 
 							*n*
 n			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times.
+			If the cursor doesn't move the search is repeated with
+			count + 1.
 			|last-pattern| {Vi: no count}
 
 							*N*
@@ -1058,7 +1060,10 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 								*E769*
 	When the ']' is not there Vim will not give an error message but
 	assume no collection is used.  Useful to search for '['.  However, you
-	do get E769 for internal searching.
+	do get E769 for internal searching.  And be aware that in a
+	`:substitute` command the whole command becomes the pattern.  E.g.
+	":s/[/x/" searches for "[/x" and replaces it with nothing.  It does
+	not search for "[" and replaces it with "x"!
 
 	If the sequence begins with "^", it matches any single character NOT
 	in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.

runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns				Mar 13, 2013
+
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
+           The VIM LICENSE applies to LogiPat.vim and LogiPat.txt
+           (see |copyright|) except use "LogiPat" instead of "Vim"
+	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents					*logipat* *logipat-contents*
+
+	1. Contents.................: |logipat-contents|
+	2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logipat-manual|
+	3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logipat-examples|
+	4. Caveat...................: |logipat-caveat|
+	5. LogiPat History..........: |logipat-history|
+
+==============================================================================
+2. LogiPat Manual			*logipat-manual* *logipat-man*
+
+
+	*logipat-arg* *logipat-input* *logipat-pattern* *logipat-operators*
+	Boolean logic patterns are composed of
+
+			operators  ! = not
+			           | = logical-or
+			           & = logical-and
+			grouping   ( ... )
+			patterns   "pattern"
+
+	:LogiPat {boolean-logic pattern}		*:LogiPat*
+		:LogiPat is a command which takes a boolean-logic
+		argument (|logipat-arg|).
+
+	:LP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LP*
+		:LP is a shorthand command version of :LogiPat
+		(|:LogiPat|).
+
+	:ELP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:ELP*
+		No search is done, but the conversion from the
+		boolean logic pattern to the regular expression
+		is performed and echoed onto the display.
+
+	:LogiPatFlags {search flags}			*LogiPat-flags*
+		:LogiPatFlags {search flags}
+		LogiPat uses the |search()| command.  The flags
+		passed to that call to search() may be specified
+		by the :LogiPatFlags command.
+
+	:LPF {search flags}				*:LPF*
+		:LPF is a shorthand version of :LogiPatFlags.
+
+	:let pat=LogiPat({boolean-logic pattern})	*LogiPat()*
+		If one calls LogiPat() directly, no search
+		is done, but the transformation from the boolean
+		logic pattern into a regular expression pattern
+		is performed and returned.
+
+	To get a " inside a pattern, as opposed to having it delimit
+	the pattern, double it.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. LogiPat Examples					*logipat-examples*
+
+	LogiPat takes Boolean logic arguments and produces a regular
+	expression which implements the choices.  A series of examples
+	follows:
+>
+	:LogiPat "abc"
+<		will search for lines containing the string  :abc:
+>
+	:LogiPat "ab""cd"
+<		will search for lines containing the string  :ab"c:
+>
+	:LogiPat !"abc"
+<		will search for lines which don't contain the string  :abc:
+>
+	:LogiPat "abc"|"def"
+<		will search for lines which contain either the string
+		:abc:  or the string  :def:
+>
+	:LogiPat !("abc"|"def")
+<		will search for lines which don't contain either
+		of the strings  :abc:  or  :def:
+>
+	:LogiPat "abc"&"def"
+<		will search for lines which contain both of the strings
+		:abc:  and  :def:
+>
+	:let pat= LogiPat('!"abc"')
+<		will return the regular expression which will match
+		all lines not containing  :abc: .  The double quotes
+		are needed to pass normal patterns to LogiPat, and
+		differentiate such patterns from boolean logic
+		operators.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Caveat						*logipat-caveat*
+
+	The "not" operator may be fragile; ie. it may not always play well
+	with the & (logical-and) and | (logical-or) operators.  Please try out
+	your patterns, possibly with :set hls, to insure that what is matching
+	is what you want.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. LogiPat History					*logipat-history*
+
+	v3 Sep 25, 2006 * LP_Or() fixed; it now encapsulates its output
+	                  in \%(...\) parentheses
+	   Dec 12, 2011 * |:ELP| added
+			* "" is mapped to a single " and left inside patterns
+	v2 May 31, 2005	* LPF and LogiPatFlags commands weren't working
+	v1 May 23, 2005	* initial release
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ It is possible to achieve a poor man's version of duplex printing using the PS
 utility psselect.  This utility has options -e and -o for printing just the
 even or odd pages of a PS file respectively.
 
-First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate a new
+First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate new
 files with all the odd and even numbered pages with: >
 
 	psselect -o test.ps odd.ps

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -299,6 +299,75 @@ use this code: >
 	au QuickfixCmdPost make call QfMakeConv()
 
 
+EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
+							*:cdo*
+:cdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected excecution stops.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+
+			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
+			A range can be used to select entries, e.g.: >
+				:10,$cdo cmd
+<			To skip entries 1 to 9.
+
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:cfdo*
+:cfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+
+							*:ldo*
+:ld[o][!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
+			for the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
+			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+
+							*:lfdo*
+:lfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
+			the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			Otherwise it works the same as `:ldo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+
 =============================================================================
 2. The error window					*quickfix-window*
 

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 06
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -620,6 +620,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'balloondelay'	  'bdlay'   delay in mS before a balloon may pop up
 'ballooneval'	  'beval'   switch on balloon evaluation
 'balloonexpr'	  'bexpr'   expression to show in balloon
+'belloff'	  'bo'	    do not ring the bell for these reasons
 'binary'	  'bin'     read/write/edit file in binary mode
 'bioskey'	  'biosk'   MS-DOS: use bios calls for input characters
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
@@ -696,6 +697,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'fileignorecase'  'fic'     ignore case when using file names
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
+'fixendofline'	  'fixeol'  make sure last line in file has <EOL>
 'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
 'foldclose'	  'fcl'     close a fold when the cursor leaves it
 'foldcolumn'	  'fdc'     width of the column used to indicate folds
@@ -710,10 +712,10 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'foldnestmax'	  'fdn'     maximum fold depth
 'foldopen'	  'fdo'     for which commands a fold will be opened
 'foldtext'	  'fdt'     expression used to display for a closed fold
+'formatexpr'	  'fex'     expression used with "gq" command
 'formatlistpat'   'flp'     pattern used to recognize a list header
 'formatoptions'   'fo'	    how automatic formatting is to be done
 'formatprg'	  'fp'	    name of external program used with "gq" command
-'formatexpr'	  'fex'     expression used with "gq" command
 'fsync'		  'fs'	    whether to invoke fsync() after file write
 'gdefault'	  'gd'	    the ":substitute" flag 'g' is default on
 'grepformat'	  'gfm'     format of 'grepprg' output
@@ -732,15 +734,15 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'helplang'	  'hlg'     preferred help languages
 'hidden'	  'hid'     don't unload buffer when it is |abandon|ed
 'highlight'	  'hl'	    sets highlighting mode for various occasions
-'hlsearch'	  'hls'     highlight matches with last search pattern
 'history'	  'hi'	    number of command-lines that are remembered
 'hkmap'		  'hk'	    Hebrew keyboard mapping
 'hkmapp'	  'hkp'     phonetic Hebrew keyboard mapping
+'hlsearch'	  'hls'     highlight matches with last search pattern
 'icon'			    let Vim set the text of the window icon
 'iconstring'		    string to use for the Vim icon text
 'ignorecase'	  'ic'	    ignore case in search patterns
-'imactivatekey'   'imak'    key that activates the X input method
 'imactivatefunc'  'imaf'    function to enable/disable the X input method
+'imactivatekey'   'imak'    key that activates the X input method
 'imcmdline'	  'imc'     use IM when starting to edit a command line
 'imdisable'	  'imd'     do not use the IM in any mode
 'iminsert'	  'imi'     use :lmap or IM in Insert mode
@@ -764,6 +766,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'keywordprg'	  'kp'	    program to use for the "K" command
 'langmap'	  'lmap'    alphabetic characters for other language mode
 'langmenu'	  'lm'	    language to be used for the menus
+'langnoremap'	  'lnr'	    do not apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
 'laststatus'	  'ls'	    tells when last window has status lines
 'lazyredraw'	  'lz'	    don't redraw while executing macros
 'linebreak'	  'lbr'     wrap long lines at a blank
@@ -892,9 +895,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'switchbuf'	  'swb'     sets behavior when switching to another buffer
 'synmaxcol'	  'smc'     maximum column to find syntax items
 'syntax'	  'syn'     syntax to be loaded for current buffer
-'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
 'tabline'	  'tal'     custom format for the console tab pages line
 'tabpagemax'	  'tpm'     maximum number of tab pages for |-p| and "tab all"
+'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
 'tagbsearch'	  'tbs'     use binary searching in tags files
 'taglength'	  'tl'	    number of significant characters for a tag
 'tagrelative'	  'tr'	    file names in tag file are relative
@@ -1313,11 +1316,16 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 |CTRL-W_R|	CTRL-W R		rotate windows upwards
 |CTRL-W_x|	CTRL-W x		exchange current window with next one
 
-|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =		make all windows equal height
+|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =		make all windows equal height & width
 |CTRL-W_-|	CTRL-W -		decrease current window height
 |CTRL-W_+|	CTRL-W +		increase current window height
 |CTRL-W__|	CTRL-W _		set current window height (default:
 					   very high)
+
+|CTRL-W_<|	CTRL-W <		decrease current window width
+|CTRL-W_>|	CTRL-W >		increase current window width
+|CTRL-W_bar|	CTRL-W |		set current window width (default:
+					   widest possible)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_bu*		Buffer list commands
 

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
 that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
 navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
 
-The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro any more, is that I
+The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
 now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
 I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
 C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
 
 I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
-can't live without it any more.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
+can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
 
 Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
 it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 May 24
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				The remote Vim is raised.  If you don't want
 				this use >
 				 vim --remote-send "<C-\><C-N>:n filename<CR>"
-<  --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
+<
+   --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
 				As above, but don't complain if there is no
 				server and the file is edited locally.
    --remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ...				*--remote-wait*

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ replacement string.
 
 For the definition of a pattern, see |pattern|.
 
+NOTE [cmd] may contain a range; see |collapse| and |edit-paragraph-join| for
+examples.
+
 The global commands work by first scanning through the [range] lines and
 marking each line where a match occurs (for a multi-line pattern, only the
 start of the match matters).
@@ -232,8 +235,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			command is ignored.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-						*:scrip* *:scriptnames*
-:scrip[tnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
+						*:scr* *:scriptnames*
+:scr[iptnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
 			first sourced.  The number is used for the script ID
 			|<SID>|.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
@@ -597,6 +600,7 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
 		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 27
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -211,7 +211,8 @@ thing.  These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
 A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
-and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
+and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
+an error when using other characters.
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
@@ -421,18 +422,19 @@ and last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
 							*:TOhtml*
 :[range]TOhtml		The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
 			This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
-			range is given, set |g:html_start_line| and
-			|g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the range,
-			respectively. Default range is the entire buffer.
+			range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
+			and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
+			range, respectively. Default range is the entire
+			buffer.
 
-                        If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
-                        |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
-                        all windows which are part of the diff in the current
-                        tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
-                        in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
-                        jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
-                        #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
-                        #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
+			If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
+			|g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
+			all windows which are part of the diff in the current
+			tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
+			in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
+			jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
+			#W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
+			#W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
 
 			Examples: >
 
@@ -746,6 +748,22 @@ and UTF-32 instead, use: >
 Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
 compatibility problems with some major browsers.
 
+								 *g:html_font*
+Default: "monospace"
+You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
+g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
+surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
+item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
+way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
+result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
+Examples: >
+
+   " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
+   :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
+
+   " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
+   :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
+<
 			*convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
 Default: 0.
 When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
@@ -1063,7 +1081,7 @@ CPP						*cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
 Most of things are same as |ft-c-syntax|.
 
 Variable		Highlight ~
-cpp_no_c11		don't highlight C++11 standard items
+cpp_no_cpp11		don't highlight C++11 standard items
 
 
 CSH						*csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
@@ -1128,6 +1146,16 @@ to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
 	:let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
 
 
+DIFF							*diff.vim*
+
+The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers.  This can be slow if
+there are very long lines in the file.  To disable translations: >
+
+	:let diff_translations = 0
+
+Also see |diff-slow|.
+
+
 DIRCOLORS			       *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
 
 The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option.  It exists to
@@ -3220,7 +3248,8 @@ improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
 The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
 embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
 
-   g:vimsyn_embed == 0   : don't embed any scripts
+   g:vimsyn_embed == 0   : don't support any embedded scripts
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
    g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
    g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
    g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
@@ -3238,6 +3267,7 @@ Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
    g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua      script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl     script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python   script
@@ -3311,6 +3341,32 @@ must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
 	:set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
 
+
+YAML						*yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
+
+					*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
+A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving 
+non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on 
+plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string 
+and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point, 
+integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values 
+will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
+
+Schema		Description ~
+failsafe	No additional highlighting.
+json		Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
+core		Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
+pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps, 
+		but there are some differences in what is recognized as 
+		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core 
+		schema.
+
+Default schema is `core`.
+
+Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the 
+only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only 
+difference defined in the syntax file.
+
 ==============================================================================
 5. Defining a syntax					*:syn-define* *E410*
 
@@ -3408,7 +3464,7 @@ DEFINING KEYWORDS					*:syn-keyword*
   :syntax keyword   Type   contained int long char
   :syntax keyword   Type   int long contained char
   :syntax keyword   Type   int long char contained
-<								*E789*
+<								*E789* *E890*
 	When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
 	Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
 	variations at once: >
@@ -3662,6 +3718,7 @@ Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
 'conceallevel' option.  The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
 concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
 edit the line.
+Another way to conceal text with with |matchadd()|.
 
 concealends						*:syn-concealends*
 
@@ -4243,7 +4300,7 @@ If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
 adding "minlines").  This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
 slow machine.  Example: >
-   :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
+   :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
 <
 						*:syn-sync-linebreaks*
 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
@@ -4637,6 +4694,8 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
 	colors!
 
+	You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
+
 							*:hi-normal-cterm*
 	When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
 	these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
@@ -5065,6 +5124,7 @@ This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo".  The value of
 restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
 "b:current_syntax".  The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
 "w:current_syntax".
+Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
 
 Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
 on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -61,16 +61,25 @@ In the GUI tab pages line you can use the right mouse button to open menu.
 :[count]tabe[dit]				*:tabe* *:tabedit* *:tabnew*
 :[count]tabnew
 		Open a new tab page with an empty window, after the current
-		tab page.  For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		tab page.  If [count] is given the new tab page appears after
+		the tab page [count] otherwise the new tab page will appear
+		after the current one. >
+		    :tabnew	" opens tabpage after the current one
+		    :.tabnew	" as above
+		    :+tabnew	" opens tabpage after the next tab page
+				" note: it is one further than :tabnew
+		    :-tabnew	" opens tabpage before the current one
+		    :0tabnew	" opens tabpage before the first one
+		    :$tabnew	" opens tabpage after the last one
 
 :[count]tabe[dit] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 :[count]tabnew [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 		Open a new tab page and edit {file}, like with |:edit|.
-		For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		For [count] see |:tabnew| above.
 
 :[count]tabf[ind] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}			*:tabf* *:tabfind*
 		Open a new tab page and edit {file} in 'path', like with
-		|:find|.  For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		|:find|.  For [count] see |:tabnew| above.
 		{not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was disabled
 		at compile time}
 
@@ -110,12 +119,18 @@ something else.
 		- When 'hidden' is not set, [!] is not used, a buffer has
 		  changes, and there is no other window on this buffer.
 		Changes to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so
-		this is a "safe" command.
+		this is a "safe" command. >
+		    :tabclose	    " close the current tab page
 
+:{count}tabc[lose][!]
 :tabc[lose][!] {count}
 		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as `:tabclose`
-		above.
-
+		above. >
+		    :-tabclose	    " close the previous tab page
+		    :+tabclose	    " close the next tab page
+		    :1tabclose	    " close the first tab page
+		    :$tabclose	    " close the last tab page
+<
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
 :tabo[nly][!]	Close all other tab pages.
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
@@ -124,7 +139,17 @@ something else.
 		modified buffers are written.  Otherwise, windows that have
 		buffers that are modified are not removed, unless the [!] is
 		given, then they become hidden.  But modified buffers are
-		never abandoned, so changes cannot get lost.
+		never abandoned, so changes cannot get lost. >
+		    :tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the current
+
+:{count}tabo[nly][!]
+		Close all tab pages except the {count}th one. >
+		    :.tabonly	    " one
+		    :-tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the previous
+				    " one
+		    :+tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the next one
+		    :1tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the first one
+		    :$tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the last one
 
 
 SWITCHING TO ANOTHER TAB PAGE:
@@ -176,23 +201,39 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 :[N]tabm[ove]
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
-		page is made the last one.
+		page is made the last one. >
+		    :.tabmove	" do nothing
+		    :-tabmove	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :+tabmove	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :0tabmove	" move the tab page to the beginning of the tab
+				" list
+		    :tabmove 0	" as above
+		    :tabmove	" move the tab page to the last
+		    :$tabmove	" as above
+		    :tabmove $	" as above
 
 :tabm[ove] +[N]
 :tabm[ove] -[N]
 		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
-		the left (with -).
+		the left (with -). >
+		    :tabmove -	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :tabmove -1	" as above
+		    :tabmove +	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :tabmove +1	" as above
+
 
 Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
-:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
-clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+:Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For clarification what
++N means in this context see |[range]|.
 
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 
 							*:tabd* *:tabdo*
-:tabd[o] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each tab page.
-		It works like doing this: >
+:[range]tabd[o] {cmd}
+		Execute {cmd} in each tab page or if [range] is given only in
+		tab pages which tab page number is in the [range].  It works
+		like doing this: >
 			:tabfirst
 			:{cmd}
 			:tabnext
@@ -207,7 +248,8 @@ LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 		{cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them.
 		{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 		|+listcmds| feature}
-		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo| and |:bufdo|.
+		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo|
+		and |:lfdo|
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Other items						*tab-page-other*
@@ -238,8 +280,8 @@ window on the same buffer and then edit another buffer.  Thus ":tabnew"
 triggers:
 	WinLeave		leave current window
 	TabLeave		leave current tab page
-	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	WinEnter		enter window in new tab page
+	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	BufLeave		leave current buffer
 	BufEnter		enter new empty buffer
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'bdir'	options.txt	/*'bdir'*
 'bdlay'	options.txt	/*'bdlay'*
 'beautify'	vi_diff.txt	/*'beautify'*
+'belloff'	options.txt	/*'belloff'*
 'beval'	options.txt	/*'beval'*
 'bex'	options.txt	/*'bex'*
 'bexpr'	options.txt	/*'bexpr'*
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'bk'	options.txt	/*'bk'*
 'bkc'	options.txt	/*'bkc'*
 'bl'	options.txt	/*'bl'*
+'bo'	options.txt	/*'bo'*
 'bomb'	options.txt	/*'bomb'*
 'breakat'	options.txt	/*'breakat'*
 'breakindent'	options.txt	/*'breakindent'*
@@ -246,6 +248,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'fileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'fileignorecase'*
 'filetype'	options.txt	/*'filetype'*
 'fillchars'	options.txt	/*'fillchars'*
+'fixendofline'	options.txt	/*'fixendofline'*
+'fixeol'	options.txt	/*'fixeol'*
 'fk'	options.txt	/*'fk'*
 'fkmap'	options.txt	/*'fkmap'*
 'fl'	vi_diff.txt	/*'fl'*
@@ -392,6 +396,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'kp'	options.txt	/*'kp'*
 'langmap'	options.txt	/*'langmap'*
 'langmenu'	options.txt	/*'langmenu'*
+'langnoremap'	options.txt	/*'langnoremap'*
 'laststatus'	options.txt	/*'laststatus'*
 'lazyredraw'	options.txt	/*'lazyredraw'*
 'lbr'	options.txt	/*'lbr'*
@@ -405,6 +410,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'listchars'	options.txt	/*'listchars'*
 'lm'	options.txt	/*'lm'*
 'lmap'	options.txt	/*'lmap'*
+'lnr'	options.txt	/*'lnr'*
 'loadplugins'	options.txt	/*'loadplugins'*
 'lpl'	options.txt	/*'lpl'*
 'ls'	options.txt	/*'ls'*
@@ -538,6 +544,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nofen'	options.txt	/*'nofen'*
 'nofic'	options.txt	/*'nofic'*
 'nofileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'nofileignorecase'*
+'nofixendofline'	options.txt	/*'nofixendofline'*
+'nofixeol'	options.txt	/*'nofixeol'*
 'nofk'	options.txt	/*'nofk'*
 'nofkmap'	options.txt	/*'nofkmap'*
 'nofoldenable'	options.txt	/*'nofoldenable'*
@@ -927,9 +935,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_KJ'	term.txt	/*'t_KJ'*
 't_KK'	term.txt	/*'t_KK'*
 't_KL'	term.txt	/*'t_KL'*
+'t_RB'	term.txt	/*'t_RB'*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
 't_SI'	term.txt	/*'t_SI'*
+'t_SR'	term.txt	/*'t_SR'*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
@@ -993,6 +1003,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_ve'	term.txt	/*'t_ve'*
 't_vi'	term.txt	/*'t_vi'*
 't_vs'	term.txt	/*'t_vs'*
+'t_xn'	term.txt	/*'t_xn'*
 't_xs'	term.txt	/*'t_xs'*
 'ta'	options.txt	/*'ta'*
 'tabline'	options.txt	/*'tabline'*
@@ -1396,6 +1407,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 .dic	spell.txt	/*.dic*
 .exrc	starting.txt	/*.exrc*
 .gvimrc	gui.txt	/*.gvimrc*
+.netrwbook	pi_netrw.txt	/*.netrwbook*
+.netrwhist	pi_netrw.txt	/*.netrwhist*
 .vimrc	starting.txt	/*.vimrc*
 /	pattern.txt	/*\/*
 /$	pattern.txt	/*\/$*
@@ -1831,6 +1844,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :CompilerSet	usr_41.txt	/*:CompilerSet*
 :DiffOrig	diff.txt	/*:DiffOrig*
 :DoMatchParen	pi_paren.txt	/*:DoMatchParen*
+:ELP	pi_logipat.txt	/*:ELP*
 :Explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Explore*
 :GLVS	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GLVS*
 :GetLatestVimScripts_dat	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
@@ -1838,7 +1852,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :GnatPretty	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatPretty*
 :GnatTags	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatTags*
 :Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Hexplore*
+:LP	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LP*
+:LPF	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LPF*
 :Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Lexplore*
+:LogiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LogiPat*
 :Man	filetype.txt	/*:Man*
 :MkVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:MkVimball*
 :N	editing.txt	/*:N*
@@ -1998,11 +2015,13 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :cclose	quickfix.txt	/*:cclose*
 :cd	editing.txt	/*:cd*
 :cd-	editing.txt	/*:cd-*
+:cdo	quickfix.txt	/*:cdo*
 :ce	change.txt	/*:ce*
 :center	change.txt	/*:center*
 :cex	quickfix.txt	/*:cex*
 :cexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:cexpr*
 :cf	quickfix.txt	/*:cf*
+:cfdo	quickfix.txt	/*:cfdo*
 :cfile	quickfix.txt	/*:cfile*
 :cfir	quickfix.txt	/*:cfir*
 :cfirst	quickfix.txt	/*:cfirst*
@@ -2055,6 +2074,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :comc	map.txt	/*:comc*
 :comclear	map.txt	/*:comclear*
 :command	map.txt	/*:command*
+:command-addr	map.txt	/*:command-addr*
 :command-bang	map.txt	/*:command-bang*
 :command-bar	map.txt	/*:command-bar*
 :command-buffer	map.txt	/*:command-buffer*
@@ -2348,6 +2368,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :lclose	quickfix.txt	/*:lclose*
 :lcs	if_cscop.txt	/*:lcs*
 :lcscope	if_cscop.txt	/*:lcscope*
+:ldo	quickfix.txt	/*:ldo*
 :le	change.txt	/*:le*
 :left	change.txt	/*:left*
 :lefta	windows.txt	/*:lefta*
@@ -2366,6 +2387,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :lex	quickfix.txt	/*:lex*
 :lexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:lexpr*
 :lf	quickfix.txt	/*:lf*
+:lfdo	quickfix.txt	/*:lfdo*
 :lfile	quickfix.txt	/*:lfile*
 :lfir	quickfix.txt	/*:lfir*
 :lfirst	quickfix.txt	/*:lfirst*
@@ -2692,6 +2714,14 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :rviminfo	starting.txt	/*:rviminfo*
 :s	change.txt	/*:s*
 :s%	change.txt	/*:s%*
+:sI	change.txt	/*:sI*
+:sIc	change.txt	/*:sIc*
+:sIe	change.txt	/*:sIe*
+:sIg	change.txt	/*:sIg*
+:sIl	change.txt	/*:sIl*
+:sIn	change.txt	/*:sIn*
+:sIp	change.txt	/*:sIp*
+:sIr	change.txt	/*:sIr*
 :sN	windows.txt	/*:sN*
 :sNext	windows.txt	/*:sNext*
 :s\=	change.txt	/*:s\\=*
@@ -2723,7 +2753,14 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sbr	windows.txt	/*:sbr*
 :sbrewind	windows.txt	/*:sbrewind*
 :sbuffer	windows.txt	/*:sbuffer*
-:scrip	repeat.txt	/*:scrip*
+:sc	change.txt	/*:sc*
+:scI	change.txt	/*:scI*
+:sce	change.txt	/*:sce*
+:scg	change.txt	/*:scg*
+:sci	change.txt	/*:sci*
+:scl	change.txt	/*:scl*
+:scp	change.txt	/*:scp*
+:scr	repeat.txt	/*:scr*
 :scripte	repeat.txt	/*:scripte*
 :scriptencoding	repeat.txt	/*:scriptencoding*
 :scriptnames	repeat.txt	/*:scriptnames*
@@ -2756,9 +2793,20 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sfind	windows.txt	/*:sfind*
 :sfir	windows.txt	/*:sfir*
 :sfirst	windows.txt	/*:sfirst*
+:sg	change.txt	/*:sg*
+:sgI	change.txt	/*:sgI*
+:sgc	change.txt	/*:sgc*
+:sge	change.txt	/*:sge*
+:sgi	change.txt	/*:sgi*
+:sgl	change.txt	/*:sgl*
+:sgn	change.txt	/*:sgn*
+:sgp	change.txt	/*:sgp*
+:sgr	change.txt	/*:sgr*
 :sh	various.txt	/*:sh*
 :shell	various.txt	/*:shell*
-:si	gui_w32.txt	/*:si*
+:si	change.txt	/*:si*
+:sic	change.txt	/*:sic*
+:sie	change.txt	/*:sie*
 :sig	sign.txt	/*:sig*
 :sign	sign.txt	/*:sign*
 :sign-define	sign.txt	/*:sign-define*
@@ -2771,7 +2819,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sign-unplace	sign.txt	/*:sign-unplace*
 :sil	various.txt	/*:sil*
 :silent	various.txt	/*:silent*
+:sim	gui_w32.txt	/*:sim*
 :simalt	gui_w32.txt	/*:simalt*
+:sin	change.txt	/*:sin*
+:sip	change.txt	/*:sip*
+:sir	change.txt	/*:sir*
 :sl	various.txt	/*:sl*
 :sla	windows.txt	/*:sla*
 :slast	windows.txt	/*:slast*
@@ -2816,8 +2868,16 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :split_f	windows.txt	/*:split_f*
 :spr	windows.txt	/*:spr*
 :sprevious	windows.txt	/*:sprevious*
+:sr	change.txt	/*:sr*
+:srI	change.txt	/*:srI*
+:src	change.txt	/*:src*
 :sre	windows.txt	/*:sre*
 :srewind	windows.txt	/*:srewind*
+:srg	change.txt	/*:srg*
+:sri	change.txt	/*:sri*
+:srl	change.txt	/*:srl*
+:srn	change.txt	/*:srn*
+:srp	change.txt	/*:srp*
 :st	starting.txt	/*:st*
 :sta	windows.txt	/*:sta*
 :stag	windows.txt	/*:stag*
@@ -4333,7 +4393,9 @@ E885	sign.txt	/*E885*
 E886	starting.txt	/*E886*
 E887	if_pyth.txt	/*E887*
 E888	pattern.txt	/*E888*
+E889	map.txt	/*E889*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
+E890	syntax.txt	/*E890*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
 E92	message.txt	/*E92*
@@ -4413,6 +4475,8 @@ L	motion.txt	/*L*
 Linux-backspace	options.txt	/*Linux-backspace*
 List	eval.txt	/*List*
 Lists	eval.txt	/*Lists*
+LogiPat()	pi_logipat.txt	/*LogiPat()*
+LogiPat-flags	pi_logipat.txt	/*LogiPat-flags*
 Lua	if_lua.txt	/*Lua*
 M	motion.txt	/*M*
 MDI	starting.txt	/*MDI*
@@ -4459,6 +4523,7 @@ OffTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OffTheSpot*
 OnTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OnTheSpot*
 Operator-pending	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending*
 Operator-pending-mode	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending-mode*
+OptionSet	autocmd.txt	/*OptionSet*
 OverTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OverTheSpot*
 P	change.txt	/*P*
 PATHEXT	eval.txt	/*PATHEXT*
@@ -4548,6 +4613,7 @@ SourcePre	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePre*
 SpellFileMissing	autocmd.txt	/*SpellFileMissing*
 StdinReadPost	autocmd.txt	/*StdinReadPost*
 StdinReadPre	autocmd.txt	/*StdinReadPre*
+String	eval.txt	/*String*
 SwapExists	autocmd.txt	/*SwapExists*
 Syntax	autocmd.txt	/*Syntax*
 T	motion.txt	/*T*
@@ -4867,6 +4933,7 @@ b:current_syntax-variable	syntax.txt	/*b:current_syntax-variable*
 b:netrw_lastfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*b:netrw_lastfile*
 b:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*b:tex_stylish*
 b:var	eval.txt	/*b:var*
+b:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*b:yaml_schema*
 baan-folding	syntax.txt	/*baan-folding*
 baan-syntax	syntax.txt	/*baan-syntax*
 baan.vim	syntax.txt	/*baan.vim*
@@ -5193,6 +5260,7 @@ complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
 complete_check()	eval.txt	/*complete_check()*
+completed_item-variable	eval.txt	/*completed_item-variable*
 completion-functions	usr_41.txt	/*completion-functions*
 complex-change	change.txt	/*complex-change*
 complex-repeat	repeat.txt	/*complex-repeat*
@@ -5410,9 +5478,12 @@ diff-mode	diff.txt	/*diff-mode*
 diff-options	diff.txt	/*diff-options*
 diff-original-file	diff.txt	/*diff-original-file*
 diff-patchexpr	diff.txt	/*diff-patchexpr*
+diff-slow	diff.txt	/*diff-slow*
 diff.txt	diff.txt	/*diff.txt*
+diff.vim	syntax.txt	/*diff.vim*
 diff_filler()	eval.txt	/*diff_filler()*
 diff_hlID()	eval.txt	/*diff_hlID()*
+diff_translations	diff.txt	/*diff_translations*
 digraph	digraph.txt	/*digraph*
 digraph-arg	change.txt	/*digraph-arg*
 digraph-encoding	digraph.txt	/*digraph-encoding*
@@ -5473,6 +5544,7 @@ edit-dialogs	editing.txt	/*edit-dialogs*
 edit-files	editing.txt	/*edit-files*
 edit-intro	editing.txt	/*edit-intro*
 edit-no-break	usr_25.txt	/*edit-no-break*
+edit-paragraph-join	usr_25.txt	/*edit-paragraph-join*
 editing.txt	editing.txt	/*editing.txt*
 efm-%>	quickfix.txt	/*efm-%>*
 efm-entries	quickfix.txt	/*efm-entries*
@@ -5626,6 +5698,7 @@ extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
 faq	intro.txt	/*faq*
 farsi	farsi.txt	/*farsi*
+farsi-fonts	farsi.txt	/*farsi-fonts*
 farsi.txt	farsi.txt	/*farsi.txt*
 fasm.vim	syntax.txt	/*fasm.vim*
 fcs_choice-variable	eval.txt	/*fcs_choice-variable*
@@ -5872,6 +5945,7 @@ ft-xhtml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xhtml-omni*
 ft-xml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xml-omni*
 ft-xml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xml-syntax*
 ft-xpm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xpm-syntax*
+ft-yaml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-yaml-syntax*
 ft_ada.txt	ft_ada.txt	/*ft_ada.txt*
 ft_sql.txt	ft_sql.txt	/*ft_sql.txt*
 ftdetect	filetype.txt	/*ftdetect*
@@ -5906,6 +5980,7 @@ g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
 g:	eval.txt	/*g:*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
+g:Netrw_UserMaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_UserMaps*
 g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
 g:ada#Comment	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Comment*
@@ -5964,6 +6039,7 @@ g:html_dynamic_folds	syntax.txt	/*g:html_dynamic_folds*
 g:html_encoding_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_encoding_override*
 g:html_end_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_end_line*
 g:html_expand_tabs	syntax.txt	/*g:html_expand_tabs*
+g:html_font	syntax.txt	/*g:html_font*
 g:html_hover_unfold	syntax.txt	/*g:html_hover_unfold*
 g:html_id_expr	syntax.txt	/*g:html_id_expr*
 g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
@@ -6003,6 +6079,7 @@ g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
 g:netrw_ffkeep	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ffkeep*
+g:netrw_file_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_file_cmd*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
 g:netrw_ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp*
 g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
@@ -6014,6 +6091,7 @@ g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftpextracmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpextracmd*
 g:netrw_ftpmode	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpmode*
 g:netrw_glob_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_glob_escape*
+g:netrw_gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_gx*
 g:netrw_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_hide*
 g:netrw_home	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_home*
 g:netrw_http_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_cmd*
@@ -6021,10 +6099,13 @@ g:netrw_http_put_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_put_cmd*
 g:netrw_http_xcmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_xcmd*
 g:netrw_ignorenetrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ignorenetrc*
 g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
+g:netrw_keepj	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepj*
 g:netrw_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd*
+g:netrw_list_cmd_options	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd_options*
 g:netrw_list_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_hide*
 g:netrw_liststyle	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_liststyle*
 g:netrw_localcopycmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopycmd*
+g:netrw_localcopydircmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopydircmd*
 g:netrw_localmkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmkdir*
 g:netrw_localmovecmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmd*
 g:netrw_localrmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localrmdir*
@@ -6045,6 +6126,7 @@ g:netrw_rsync_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rsync_cmd*
 g:netrw_scp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scp_cmd*
 g:netrw_scpport	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scpport*
 g:netrw_sepchr	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sepchr*
+g:netrw_servername	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_servername*
 g:netrw_sftp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sftp_cmd*
 g:netrw_silent	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_silent*
 g:netrw_sort_by	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sort_by*
@@ -6061,8 +6143,10 @@ g:netrw_uid	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_uid*
 g:netrw_use_errorwindow	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_errorwindow*
 g:netrw_use_noswf	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_noswf*
 g:netrw_use_nt_rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
+g:netrw_usetab	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_usetab*
 g:netrw_win95ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_win95ftp*
 g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
+g:netrw_wiw	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_wiw*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
 g:sh_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_isk*
 g:sh_noisk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_noisk*
@@ -6095,6 +6179,7 @@ g:vimsyn_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_folding*
 g:vimsyn_maxlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_maxlines*
 g:vimsyn_minlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_minlines*
 g:vimsyn_noerror	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_noerror*
+g:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*g:yaml_schema*
 g:zip_nomax	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_nomax*
 g:zip_shq	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_shq*
 g:zip_unzipcmd	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_unzipcmd*
@@ -6146,6 +6231,7 @@ getbufline()	eval.txt	/*getbufline()*
 getbufvar()	eval.txt	/*getbufvar()*
 getchar()	eval.txt	/*getchar()*
 getcharmod()	eval.txt	/*getcharmod()*
+getcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*getcharsearch()*
 getcmdline()	eval.txt	/*getcmdline()*
 getcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*getcmdpos()*
 getcmdtype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
@@ -6185,6 +6271,7 @@ gi	insert.txt	/*gi*
 gj	motion.txt	/*gj*
 gk	motion.txt	/*gk*
 glob()	eval.txt	/*glob()*
+glob2regpat()	eval.txt	/*glob2regpat()*
 global-ime	mbyte.txt	/*global-ime*
 global-local	options.txt	/*global-local*
 global-variable	eval.txt	/*global-variable*
@@ -6502,6 +6589,7 @@ i_CTRL-G_<Down>	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_<Down>*
 i_CTRL-G_<Up>	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_<Up>*
 i_CTRL-G_CTRL-J	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_CTRL-J*
 i_CTRL-G_CTRL-K	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_CTRL-K*
+i_CTRL-G_U	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_U*
 i_CTRL-G_j	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_j*
 i_CTRL-G_k	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_k*
 i_CTRL-G_u	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_u*
@@ -6711,6 +6799,7 @@ lcs-eol	options.txt	/*lcs-eol*
 lcs-extends	options.txt	/*lcs-extends*
 lcs-nbsp	options.txt	/*lcs-nbsp*
 lcs-precedes	options.txt	/*lcs-precedes*
+lcs-space	options.txt	/*lcs-space*
 lcs-tab	options.txt	/*lcs-tab*
 lcs-trail	options.txt	/*lcs-trail*
 left-right-motions	motion.txt	/*left-right-motions*
@@ -6758,6 +6847,18 @@ location-list	quickfix.txt	/*location-list*
 location-list-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-window*
 log()	eval.txt	/*log()*
 log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
+logipat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat*
+logipat-arg	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-arg*
+logipat-caveat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-caveat*
+logipat-contents	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-contents*
+logipat-copyright	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-copyright*
+logipat-examples	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-examples*
+logipat-history	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-history*
+logipat-input	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-input*
+logipat-man	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-man*
+logipat-manual	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-manual*
+logipat-operators	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-operators*
+logipat-pattern	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-pattern*
 long-lines	version5.txt	/*long-lines*
 love	intro.txt	/*love*
 lowercase	change.txt	/*lowercase*
@@ -6993,6 +7094,8 @@ netrw-:Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Hexplore*
 netrw-:Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Lexplore*
 netrw-:MF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MF*
 netrw-:MT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MT*
+netrw-:NetrwC	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:NetrwC*
+netrw-:NetrwMB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:NetrwMB*
 netrw-:Rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Rexplore*
 netrw-:Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Sexplore*
 netrw-:Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Texplore*
@@ -7001,6 +7104,11 @@ netrw-C	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-C*
 netrw-D	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-D*
 netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
+netrw-P18	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P18*
+netrw-P19	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P19*
+netrw-P20	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P20*
+netrw-P21	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P21*
+netrw-P22	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P22*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
 netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
@@ -7020,6 +7128,7 @@ netrw-browser-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-settings*
 netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
 netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
+netrw-c-tab	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c-tab*
 netrw-cadaver	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cadaver*
 netrw-chgup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-chgup*
 netrw-clean	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-clean*
@@ -7030,6 +7139,7 @@ netrw-createfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-createfile*
 netrw-credits	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-credits*
 netrw-ctrl-h	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-h*
 netrw-ctrl-l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-l*
+netrw-ctrl-r	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-r*
 netrw-ctrl_l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl_l*
 netrw-curdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-curdir*
 netrw-d	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-d*
@@ -7040,6 +7150,7 @@ netrw-dir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-dir*
 netrw-dirlist	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-dirlist*
 netrw-downdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-downdir*
 netrw-edithide	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-edithide*
+netrw-editwindow	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-editwindow*
 netrw-ex	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ex*
 netrw-explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore*
 netrw-explore-cmds	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore-cmds*
@@ -7055,7 +7166,9 @@ netrw-getftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-getftype*
 netrw-gf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gf*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
 netrw-gitignore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gitignore*
+netrw-gn	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gn*
 netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
+netrw-grep	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-grep*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
 netrw-handler	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-handler*
 netrw-help	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-help*
@@ -7077,6 +7190,7 @@ netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
 netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
 netrw-mF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mF*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
+netrw-mX	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mX*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
 netrw-md	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-md*
@@ -7094,15 +7208,18 @@ netrw-mr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mr*
 netrw-ms	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ms*
 netrw-mt	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mt*
 netrw-mu	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mu*
+netrw-mv	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mv*
 netrw-mx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mx*
 netrw-mz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mz*
 netrw-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-netrc*
+netrw-newfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-newfile*
 netrw-nexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nexplore*
 netrw-noload	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-noload*
 netrw-nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nread*
 netrw-ntree	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ntree*
 netrw-nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nwrite*
 netrw-o	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-o*
+netrw-obtain	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-obtain*
 netrw-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-options*
 netrw-p	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p*
 netrw-p1	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p1*
@@ -7113,6 +7230,7 @@ netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
 netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
 netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
 netrw-p16	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p16*
+netrw-p17	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p17*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -7143,6 +7261,7 @@ netrw-quickmaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-quickmaps*
 netrw-r	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-r*
 netrw-read	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-read*
 netrw-ref	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ref*
+netrw-refresh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-refresh*
 netrw-rename	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rename*
 netrw-reverse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-reverse*
 netrw-rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rexplore*
@@ -7169,6 +7288,7 @@ netrw-transparent	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-transparent*
 netrw-u	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-u*
 netrw-updir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-updir*
 netrw-urls	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-urls*
+netrw-usermaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-usermaps*
 netrw-userpass	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-userpass*
 netrw-v	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-v*
 netrw-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-var*
@@ -7393,6 +7513,7 @@ php3.vim	syntax.txt	/*php3.vim*
 phtml.vim	syntax.txt	/*phtml.vim*
 pi_getscript.txt	pi_getscript.txt	/*pi_getscript.txt*
 pi_gzip.txt	pi_gzip.txt	/*pi_gzip.txt*
+pi_logipat.txt	pi_logipat.txt	/*pi_logipat.txt*
 pi_netrw.txt	pi_netrw.txt	/*pi_netrw.txt*
 pi_paren.txt	pi_paren.txt	/*pi_paren.txt*
 pi_spec.txt	pi_spec.txt	/*pi_spec.txt*
@@ -7439,6 +7560,7 @@ printf()	eval.txt	/*printf()*
 printf-%	eval.txt	/*printf-%*
 printf-E	eval.txt	/*printf-E*
 printf-G	eval.txt	/*printf-G*
+printf-S	eval.txt	/*printf-S*
 printf-X	eval.txt	/*printf-X*
 printf-c	eval.txt	/*printf-c*
 printf-d	eval.txt	/*printf-d*
@@ -7732,6 +7854,7 @@ session-file	starting.txt	/*session-file*
 set-option	options.txt	/*set-option*
 set-spc-auto	spell.txt	/*set-spc-auto*
 setbufvar()	eval.txt	/*setbufvar()*
+setcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*setcharsearch()*
 setcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*setcmdpos()*
 setline()	eval.txt	/*setline()*
 setloclist()	eval.txt	/*setloclist()*
@@ -8073,9 +8196,11 @@ t_KI	term.txt	/*t_KI*
 t_KJ	term.txt	/*t_KJ*
 t_KK	term.txt	/*t_KK*
 t_KL	term.txt	/*t_KL*
+t_RB	term.txt	/*t_RB*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
 t_SI	term.txt	/*t_SI*
+t_SR	term.txt	/*t_SR*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
@@ -8178,6 +8303,7 @@ t_vb	term.txt	/*t_vb*
 t_ve	term.txt	/*t_ve*
 t_vi	term.txt	/*t_vi*
 t_vs	term.txt	/*t_vs*
+t_xn	term.txt	/*t_xn*
 t_xs	term.txt	/*t_xs*
 tab	intro.txt	/*tab*
 tab-page	tabpage.txt	/*tab-page*
@@ -8436,6 +8562,7 @@ v:charconvert_from	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_from*
 v:charconvert_to	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_to*
 v:cmdarg	eval.txt	/*v:cmdarg*
 v:cmdbang	eval.txt	/*v:cmdbang*
+v:completed_item	eval.txt	/*v:completed_item*
 v:count	eval.txt	/*v:count*
 v:count1	eval.txt	/*v:count1*
 v:ctype	eval.txt	/*v:ctype*
@@ -8463,6 +8590,9 @@ v:mouse_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_lnum*
 v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
 v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
 v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
+v:option_new	eval.txt	/*v:option_new*
+v:option_old	eval.txt	/*v:option_old*
+v:option_type	eval.txt	/*v:option_type*
 v:prevcount	eval.txt	/*v:prevcount*
 v:profiling	eval.txt	/*v:profiling*
 v:progname	eval.txt	/*v:progname*
@@ -8494,11 +8624,13 @@ v_<Esc>	visual.txt	/*v_<Esc>*
 v_=	change.txt	/*v_=*
 v_>	change.txt	/*v_>*
 v_C	change.txt	/*v_C*
+v_CTRL-A	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-A*
 v_CTRL-C	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-C*
 v_CTRL-G	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-G*
 v_CTRL-H	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-H*
 v_CTRL-O	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-O*
 v_CTRL-V	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-V*
+v_CTRL-X	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-X*
 v_CTRL-Z	starting.txt	/*v_CTRL-Z*
 v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G	intro.txt	/*v_CTRL-\\_CTRL-G*
 v_CTRL-\_CTRL-N	intro.txt	/*v_CTRL-\\_CTRL-N*
@@ -8554,7 +8686,9 @@ v_gJ	change.txt	/*v_gJ*
 v_gN	visual.txt	/*v_gN*
 v_gV	visual.txt	/*v_gV*
 v_g]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g]*
+v_g_CTRL-A	change.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-A*
 v_g_CTRL-G	editing.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-G*
+v_g_CTRL-X	change.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-X*
 v_g_CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-]*
 v_gf	editing.txt	/*v_gf*
 v_gn	visual.txt	/*v_gn*
@@ -8859,6 +8993,7 @@ xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*
 xterm-shifted-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-shifted-keys*
 y	change.txt	/*y*
+yaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*yaml.vim*
 yank	change.txt	/*yank*
 ye-option-gone	version4.txt	/*ye-option-gone*
 year-2000	intro.txt	/*year-2000*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -224,10 +224,11 @@ The options are listed below.  The associated termcap code is always equal to
 the last two characters of the option name.  Only one termcap code is
 required: Cursor motion, 't_cm'.
 
-The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs' represent flags in the termcap.
-When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".  But any
-non-empty string means that the flag is set.  An empty string means that the
-flag is not set.  't_CS' works like this too, but it isn't a termcap flag.
+The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs', 't_xn' represent flags in the
+termcap.  When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".
+But any non-empty string means that the flag is set.  An empty string means
+that the flag is not set.  't_CS' works like this too, but it isn't a termcap
+flag.
 
 OUTPUT CODES
 	option	meaning	~
@@ -281,6 +282,9 @@ OUTPUT CODES
 	t_vs	cursor very visible				*t_vs* *'t_vs'*
 								*t_xs* *'t_xs'*
 	t_xs	if non-empty, standout not erased by overwriting (hpterm)
+								*t_xn* *'t_xn'*
+	t_xn	if non-empty, writing a character at the last screen cell
+		does not cause scrolling
 	t_ZH	italics mode					*t_ZH* *'t_ZH'*
 	t_ZR	italics end					*t_ZR* *'t_ZR'*
 
@@ -290,12 +294,15 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_WP* *'t_WP'*
 	t_WS	set window size (height, width) in characters	*t_WS* *'t_WS'*
 	t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)		*t_SI* *'t_SI'*
-	t_EI	end insert mode (block cursor shape)		*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
+	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*
+	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
+	t_RB	request terminal background color		*t_RB* *'t_RB'*
+		see |'ambiwidth'|
 
 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -410,7 +417,7 @@ adjust the various t_ codes.  This avoids the problem that the xterm can
 produce different codes, depending on the mode it is in (8-bit, VT102,
 VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
-Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized any more.
+Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
 
 							*xterm-resize*
 Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
@@ -434,13 +441,16 @@ If one of these is not available, 't_Sb' and 't_Sf' are used.  't_me' is used
 to reset to the default colors.
 
 				*termcap-cursor-shape* *termcap-cursor-color*
-When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When leaving
-Insert mode 't_EI' is used.  But only if both are defined.  This can be used
-to change the shape or color of the cursor in Insert mode.  These are not
-standard termcap/terminfo entries, you need to set them yourself.
+When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When Vim
+enters Replace mode the 't_SR' escape sequence is sent if it is set, otherwise
+'t_SI' is sent.  When leaving Insert mode or Replace mode 't_EI' is used. This
+can be used to change the shape or color of the cursor in Insert or Replace
+mode. These are not standard termcap/terminfo entries, you need to set them
+yourself.
 Example for an xterm, this changes the color of the cursor: >
     if &term =~ "xterm"
 	let &t_SI = "\<Esc>]12;purple\x7"
+	let &t_SR = "\<Esc>]12;red\x7"
 	let &t_EI = "\<Esc>]12;blue\x7"
     endif
 NOTE: When Vim exits the shape for Normal mode will remain.  The shape from

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 15
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,8 +35,14 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
 Regexp problems:
-- The NFA engine does not implement the time limit passed to
-  nfa_regexec_multi()
+- The regexp engines are not reentrant, causing havoc when interrupted by a
+  remote expression or something else.  Move global variables onto the stack
+  or into an allocated struct.
+- The old engine does not find a match for "/\%#=1\(\)\{80}", the new engine
+  matches everywhere.
+- Using win_linetabsize() can still be slow. Cache the result, store col and
+  vcol. Reset them when moving to another line.
+- Very slow with a long line and Ruby highlighting. (John Whitley, 2014 Dec 4)
 - Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
   (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
 - Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
@@ -44,138 +50,338 @@ Regexp problems:
   2013 Dec 11)
 - Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin Szamotulski
   Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
+- Difference in NFA and old engine. (Brett Stahlman, 2014 Nov 5)
 - Bug when using \>. (Ramel, 2014 Feb 2) (Aaron Bohannon, 2014 Feb 13)
 - NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
 - Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
   \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
 - Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
+- New RE does not give an error for empty group: "\(\)\{2}" (Dominique Pelle,
+  2015 Feb 7)
 - Using back reference before the capturing group sometimes works with the old
   engine, can we do this with the new engine?  E.g. with
   "/\%(<\1>\)\@<=.*\%(<\/\(\w\+\)>\)\@=" matching text inside HTML tags.
+  This problem is probably the same: "\%(^\1.*$\n\)\@<=\(\d\+\).*$".
+  (guotuofeng, 2015 Jun 22)
+- Strange matching with "\(Hello\n\)\@<=A". (Anas Syed, 2015 Feb 12)
+- Problem with \v(A)@<=b+\1c. (Issue 334)
+- Diff highlighting can be very slow. (Issue 309)
+- Using %> for a virtual column has a check based on 'tabsize'.  Better would
+  be to cache the result of win_linetabsize(col), storing both col and vcol,
+  and use them to decide whether win_linetabsize() needs to be called.  Reset
+  col and vcol when moving to another line.
+- this doesn't work: "syntax match ErrorMsg /.\%9l\%>20c\&\%<28c/".  Leaving
+  out the \& works.  Seems any column check after \& fails.
+- The pattern "\1" with the old engine gives E65, with the new engine it
+  matches the empty string. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Oct 2)
 
 Still using freed memory after using setloclist(). (lcd, 2014 Jul 23)
 More info Jul 24.  Not clear why.
 
+Problem that a previous silent ":throw" causes a following try/catch not to
+work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28)
+
+Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
+
+Netrw update. (Charles 2015 Oct 23)
+
+Patch to use local value of 'errorformat' in :cexpr. (Christian Brabandt,
+2015 Oct 16)  Only do this for :lexpr ?
+
+Update Oracle syntax file from:
+https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sqloracle-syntax/blob/master/syntax/sqloracle.vim
+
+":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
+directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
+
+Updated syntax files. (Charles Campbell, 2015 Oct 19)
+
+Patch to include .desktop files in the distribution.  PR #455.
+
+Better changelog syntax file. (Martin Florian, 2015 Oct 25)
+
+Better readline syntax file. (Raphael Bazaud, 2015 Oct 25)
+
+English spell checking has an error.  Updating doesn't work.
+(Dominique Pelle, 2015 Oct 15)
+Hint for new URL: Christian Brabandt, 2015 Oct 15.
+But that file looks old.
+
+Using ":windo" to set options in all windows has the side effect that it
+changes the window layout and the current window.  Make a variant that saves
+and restores.  Use in the matchparen plugin.
+Perhaps we can use ":silent window"?
+
+Patch for documentation mistakes. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 Oct 22)
+
+Illegal memory access, requires ASAN to see. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jul 28)
+
+Gvim: when both Tab and CTRL-I are mapped, use CTRL-I not for Tab.
+
+Patch for yaml indent, #458.
+
+Patch for Python to add isatty, readable, etc. (PR #464)
+
+Patch to add options for specifying dll names. (Kazuki Sakamoto, 2015 Oct 16)
+PR #452  Check if it's secure (can't set from modeline).
+
+Unexpected delay when using CTRL-O u.  It's not timeoutlen.
+(Gary Johnson, 2015 Aug 28)
+
+Can src/GvimExt/Make_cyg.mak be removed?
+Same for src/xxd/Make_cyg.mak
+
+Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
+
+Patch to add debug backtrace. (Alberto Fanjul, 2015 Sep 27)
+Asked for :frame command.
+
+MS-Windows: When editing a file with a leading space, writing it uses the
+wrong name. (Aram, 2014 Nov 7)  Vim 7.4.
+
+Can't recognize the $ProgramFiles(x86) environment variable.  Recognize it
+specifically?  First try with the parens, then without.
+
+Patch to add 'tagcase' option, whether to ignore case for tags.
+(Gary Johnson, 2015 Oct 17)
+
+Patch to fix "." after CTRL-A in Visual block mode. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2015 Oct
+24)
+
+Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
+inconsistent with the documentation.
+
+When complete() first argument is before where insert started and 'backspace'
+is Vi compatible, the completion fails. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 Feb 19)
+
+Test 44 fails when [[=A=]] is changed to [[=À=]].  Caused by getcmdline() not
+handling the 0x80 as a second byte correctly?  (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jun 10)
+
+Weird encryption problems on Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Feb 13)
+Goes away when disabling the swap file. (might1, Feb 16)
+
+MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
+(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
+
+If libiconv.dll is not found search for libiconv2.dll. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto,
+2015 Oct 7)
+
+The OptionSet autocommand event is not always triggered. (Rick Howe, 2015 Sep
+24): :diffthis, :diffoff.
+
+":set all&" still does not handle all side effects.  Centralize handling side
+effects for when set by the user, on init and when reset to default.
+
+":tag" does not jump to the right entry of a :tselect. (James Speros, 2015 Oct
+9)
+
+The argument for "-S" is not taken literally, the ":so" command expands
+wildcards.  Add a ":nowild" command modifier?  (ZyX, 2015 March 4)
+
+Proposal to make options.txt easier to read. (Arnaud Decara, 2015 Aug 5)
+Update Aug 14.
+
+Crash in :cnext on MS-Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Oct 27)
+
+Patch for problem with restoring screen on Windows. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, 2015
+Sep 10)
+
+Patch to be able to use hex numbers with :digraph. (Lcd, 2015 Sep 6)
+Update Sep 7.  Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8.
+
+Build with Python on Mac does not always use the right library.
+(Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2015 Mar 28)
+
+Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectating that it ends in a
+slash.  For me it does, but perhaps not for everybody.  Add a function that
+inserts a slash when needed?  pathconcat(dir, path) (Thilo Six, 2015 Aug 12)
+
+ml_updatechunk() is slow when retrying for another encoding. (John Little,
+2014 Sep 11)
+
+Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
+(Arnaud Decara, 2015 Jul 23)
+
+When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
+'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)
+
+Patch to apply 'fileformats' when starting Vim. (Mike Williams, 2015 Jul 22)
+
+Patch for matchit plugin related to multibyte chars. (Ken Takata, 2015 Jul 22)
+
+Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
+Is this the right solution?
+
+Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
+Work in progress.
+
+Patch for global-local options consistency. (Arnaud Decara, 2015 Jul 22)
+Is this right?
+
+Patch to have CTRL-A and CTRL-X update the '[ and '] marks.
+(Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2015 Aug 23)
+
 Patch to make getregtype() return the right size for non-linux systems.
 (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Jul 8)
 Breaks test_eval.  Inefficient, can we only compute y_width when needed?
 
-Problem that a previous silent ":throw" causes a following try/catch not to
-work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28)
+Patch to use different terminal mode settings for system(). (Hayaki Saito)
+Does this work for everybody?
 
-Patch to avoid problems with encoding conversion with diff.vim.
-(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 1.
-Depends on current language, language of file can be different.
+Patch to fix that wide characters do not work properly after exiting.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2015 May 24) Better patch to come.
 
-":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
-directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
+Patch for man.vim. (SungHyun Nam, 2015 May 20)
+Doesn't work completely (Dominique Orban)
 
-Patch by Marcin Szamotulski to add count to :close (2014 Aug 10, update Aug
-14, Aug 30)
-    Make ":1close" close the first window.
-    Make ":+1close" close the next window.
-    Make ":-1close" close the previous window.
-Doesn't look right, asked for updates.
+Patch to add a "literal" argument to bufnr().  (Olaf Dabrunz, 2015 Aug 4)
 
-The entries added by matchaddpos() are returned by getmatches() but can't be
-set with setmatches(). (lcd47, 2014 Jun 29)
+Cannot execute the shell when it's in a directory with a space.
+Issue #459.
 
-Patch to fix that 0x80 in abbreviation isn't handled correctly.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 1)
+When a session file is created and there are "nofile" buffers, these are not
+filled.  Need to trigger BufReadCmd autocommands.  Also handle deleting the
+initial empty buffer better. (ZyX, 2015 March 8)
 
-Check for valid yank reg seems wrong.  Patch by Zyx, 2014 Oct 12.
+Extended file attributes lost on write (backupcopy=no).  Issue 306.
 
-":sign-jump" uses first window in buffer instead of current window.
-Patch by James McCoy, 2013 Nov 22.  Update 2014 Oct 5.
+Patch to add :lockjumps. (Carlo Baldassi, 2015 May 25)
+OK to not block marks?
 
-Patch to fix issue 57, on the issue.
+Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
 
-Patch for issue 101, maintainer unreachable.
+Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
+(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
 
-Gvim: when both Tab and CTRL-I are mapped, use CTRL-I not for Tab.
+Patch on Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
 
-Patch to fix that last_changedtick is not update on saving. (Christian
-Brabandt, 2014 Oct 10, second one)
+When 'balloonexpr' returns a list the result has a trailing newline.
+Just remove one trailing newline. (lcd, 2014 Oct 17)
 
-substitute() can be slow with long strings.  Patch by Ozaki Kiichi, 2014 Oct
-12.
-
-Remove restriction in NSIS installer that the end of the path must be "Vim".
-(Tim Lebedkov, 2014 Sep 24) Again Oct 12.
-
-Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
-
-Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
-
-'foldexpr' applies to help. (Paul Marshall, 2014 Sep 24)
-
-Patch to fix issue 203. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 8)
-
-Patch to fix issue 253. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 8)
-
-Patch to fix issue 78. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 8)
-
-Patch to fix leak in map() with error. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 11)
-
-Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
-inconsistent with the documentation.
-
-On MS-Windows running tests with Mercurial has problems when the input files
-are changed. (Ken Takata, Taro Muraoka, 2014 Sep 25)
-
-MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
-(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
-
-ml_updatechunk() is slow when retrying for another encoding. (John Little,
-2014 Sep 11)
+When two SIGWINCH arrive very quickly, the second one may be lost.
+(Josh Triplett, 2015 Sep 17)
 
 Make comments in the test Makefile silent. (Kartik Agaram, 2014 Sep 24)
 
+Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
+26, update 2013 Dec 14, another 2014 Nov 22)
+
+Patch to improve behavior of dead keys on MS-Windows. (John Wellesz, 2015 Aug
+25)  https://github.com/vim/vim/pull/399.diff
+
+Result of systemlist() does not show whether text ended in line break.
+(Bjorn Linse, 2014 Nov 27)
+
 When in 'comments' "n:x" follows after three-part comment directly it repeats
 any one-character from the previous line. (Kartik Agaram, 2014 Sep 19)
 
 Syntax highlighting slow (hangs) in SASS file. (Niek Bosch, 2013 Aug 21)
 
+Patch to add the EndOfBuffer highlight group, used instead of NonText for "~"
+lines. (Marco Hinz, 2014 Nov 2)
+
 Adding "~" to 'cdpath' doesn't work for completion?  (Davido, 2013 Aug 19)
 
+Should be easy to highlight all matches with 'incsearch'.  Idea by Itchyny,
+2015 Feb 6.
+
+Plugins need to make a lot of effort, lots of mappings, to know what happened
+before pressing the key that triggers a plugin action.  How about keeping the
+last N pressed keys, so that they do not need to be mapped?
+
+":q!" should reset modified flag for current buffer, if another buffer is
+modified no need to abandon it again.
+Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 21.
+Update from Hirohito Higashi, 2014 Nov 21.
+With test, Nov 23.
+
+Wrong scrolling when using incsearch.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 Dec 4.
+Is this a good solution?
+
+Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
+functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
+Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
+Second one. Update May 22.
+Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
+
+Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
+(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
+
+Patch to add digits argument to round(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2015 Apr 26)
+
+Can assign to s:type when a function s:type has been defined.
+Also the other way around: define a function while a variable with that name
+was already defined.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 3)
+
+Patch for ordered dict. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2015 May 7)
+
 Patch to make closed folds line up. (Charles Campbell, 2014 Sep 12)
+Remark from Roland Eggner: does it cause crashes? (2014 Dec 12)
+Updated patch by Roland Eggner, Dec 16
+Updated patch from Charles, Dec 29.
+
+Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6)
 
 Patch for building a 32bit Vim with 64bit MingW compiler.
 (Michael Soyka, 2014 Oct 15)
 
 Delete old code in os_msdos.c, mch_FullName().
 
+Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
+(Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)
+
+Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
+Update 2015 Jul 25 (email).
+
+Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
+change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
+them: ":repeats".
+
+Patch for glob(), adding slash to normal files. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Dec 22)
+
+When entering and leaving the preview window autocommands are triggered, but
+these may not work well.  Perhaps set a flag to indicate that the preview
+window is involved? (John Otter, 2015 Oct 27)
+
+Using "." to repeat an Ex command puts that command in history.  Probably
+should not happen.  If the command is the result of a mapping it's not put in
+history either. (Jacob Niehus, 2014 Nov 2)
+Patch from Jacob, Nov 2.
+
 "hi link" does not respect groups with GUI settings only. (Mark Lodato, 2014
 Jun 8)
 
-Patch to switch to the BT regexp engine when the NFA engine uses many states.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 3)
+Bug: Autocompleting ":tag/pat" replaces "/pat" with a match but does not
+insert a space. (Micha Mos, 2014 Nov 7)
+
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Update Dec 6.
 
 Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
 
 No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
 
-start_global_changes() plus end_global_changes() causes problem for
-clip_unnamed_plus. (Jason Pleau, 2014 Sep 12)
+Patch to make extend() fail early when it might fail at some point.
+(Olaf Dabrunz, 2015 May 2)  Makes extend() slower, do we still want it?
+Perhaps only the checks that can be done without looping over the dict or
+arguments.
 
 Patch to add :arglocal and :arglists. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2014 Aug 6)
 
-PHP syntax is extremely slow. (Anhad Jai Singh, 2014 Jan 19)
-
 Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
 0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
 New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
 compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
 
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24)  Has a problem (email 2015 Jan 7).
+Update 2015 Jan 10.
+
 Win32: patch to use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
 More tests May 14. Update May 29.  Update Aug 10.
 
-The garbage collector may use too much stack.  Make set_ref_in_item()
-iterative instead of recursive.   Test program by Marc Weber (2013 Dec 10)
-Patch by Ben Fritz, 2014 Jun 22.
-Related: Vim hangs when freeing a lot of objects.  Patch by Yasuhiro
-Matsumoto, 2014 Aug 26.
-
 Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
@@ -183,6 +389,11 @@ its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
 Can we make ":unlet $VAR" use unsetenv() to delete the env var?
 What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?
 
+Patch to add a :domodeline command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 21)
+
+Patch to add TabNew, TabNewEntered and TabClosed autocommand events.
+(Felipe Morales, 2015 Feb 1)
+
 This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
     vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo if 1 | echo 1'
 This neither: (ZyX)
@@ -246,7 +457,7 @@ Editing an ascii file as ucs-2 or ucs-4 causes display errors.
 ":Next 1 some-arg" does not complain about trailing argument.  Also for
 various other commands.  (ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
 
-patch to skip sort if no line matches the expression.
+Patch to skip sort if no line matches the expression.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Jun 25)
 
 Patch to add sortuniq(). (Cade Forester, 2014 Mar 19)
@@ -260,6 +471,10 @@ Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
 Or should we add a more general mechanism, like a lambda() function?
 Patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 16.
 
+Patch to fix display of listchars on the cursorline. (Nayuri Aohime, 2013)
+Update suggested by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 25:
+https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477
+
 VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim.  Use sys$qiow
 instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
 
@@ -269,23 +484,15 @@ Remark on the docs.  Should not be a compile time feature.  But then what?
 Completion of ":e" is ":earlier", should be ":edit".  Complete to the matching
 command instead of doing this alphabetically. (Mikel Jorgensen)
 
-Patch to add v:completed_item. (Shougo Matsu, 2013 Nov 29).
-
 Patch to get MSVC version in a nicer way. (Ken Takata, 2014 Jul 24)
 
-Patch to make test 100 work on MS-Windows. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Dec 12)
-
 Patch to define macros for hardcoded values. (Elias Diem, 2013 Dec 14)
 
-Perl: support for Activestate perl 5.18: Issue 170.
-
 Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
 highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
 
-Patch to fix temp directories for Windows, so that it works without tweaking.
-Issue 28.
-
-Go through more coverity reports.
+The undo file name can get too long. (Issue 346)
+For the path use a hash instead of dir%dir%dir%name  hash%name.
 
 Patch to add ":undorecover", get as much text out of the undo file as
 possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12, update Aug 22)
@@ -337,15 +544,9 @@ When evaluating expression in backticks, autoload doesn't work.
 Using <nr>ifoobar<esc> can slow down Vim.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013
 Dec 13.
 
-Fold can't be opened after ":move". (Ein Brown)
-Patch from Christian Brabandt doesn't fix it completely.
-
 Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a
 buffer. (2013 Dec 9)
 
-Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
-(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
-
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
@@ -373,9 +574,6 @@ Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
 Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
 
-Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
-correctly. Issue 91.
-
 Patch to add {lhs} to :mapclear: clear all maps starting with {lhs}.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Dec 9)
 
@@ -415,17 +613,11 @@ optional. (2013 Jul 12)
 
 Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2)
 
-Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
-functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
-Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
-Second one. Update May 22.
-Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
+Patch to check whether a buffer is quickfix or a location list.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Dec 9)
 
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
-MS-Windows: Patch to make tests copy files to avoid changing the fileformat of
-the files under version control. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jul 5)
-
 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
 
 -   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
@@ -434,8 +626,6 @@ Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
 
 Bug: findfile("any", "file:///tmp;") does not work.
 
-'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
-
 Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
 Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
 
@@ -474,10 +664,6 @@ signs?  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22.
 
 Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
 
-Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
-insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
-Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
-
 Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
 
 b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
@@ -499,15 +685,10 @@ Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
 Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
 But use Gnome instead of GTK?
 
-Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
-Saito, 2013 Apr 24)
-
 Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
 Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
 Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
 
-Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
-
 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble.  Keep it off until after
 loading all files.
 
@@ -515,9 +696,6 @@ Win32: When 'autochdir' is on and 'encoding' is changed, files on the command
 line are opened again, but from the wrong directory.  Apply 'autochdir' only
 after starting up?
 
-Patch to add ":ldo" and ":cdo", execute commands over quickfix list and
-location list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 Jun 2)
-
 8   "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters.
     Patch by Christian Wellenbrock, 2013 Jul 5.
 
@@ -528,6 +706,14 @@ MS-Windows resizing problems:
   causes the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan
   12) Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
 
+Patch to use Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen, 2010 Jul 30)
+Latest version: 2011 May 18 
+8   Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see
+    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
+    Version from Guopeng Wen that does this (2010 Dec 27)
+Alternative: MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
+Or the one on Issue 279
+
 'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
 
 Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
@@ -635,6 +821,9 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
+The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
+support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)
+
 'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
 highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
 
@@ -690,9 +879,6 @@ Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
 
-Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
-Update Aug 16 (email).
-
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -759,6 +945,10 @@ Need for CursorHold that retriggers.  Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
 function that resets did_cursorhold.
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 May 6.
 
+Add event for when the text scrolls.  A bit like CursorMoved.  Also a similar
+one for insert mode.  Use the event in matchparen to update the highlight if
+the match scrolls into view.
+
 7   Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
 Update by Ben Fritz, with fix for TOhtml. (2011 Jul 30)
@@ -846,9 +1036,6 @@ names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
-Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
-26, update 2013 Dec 14)
-
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
 
@@ -897,9 +1084,6 @@ Patch for GVimExt to show an icon. (Dominik Riebeling, 2010 Nov 7)
 When writing a file > 2Gbyte, the reported number of bytes is negative.
 (Antonio Colombo, 2010 Dec 18)
 
-Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
-(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
-
 When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines
 instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10)
 
@@ -957,8 +1141,8 @@ Dominique can't reproduce it.
 ":function f(x) keepjumps" creates a function where every command is executed
 like it has ":keepjumps" before it.
 
-Coverity: ask someone to create new user: Dominique.
-Check if there are new reported defects: http://scan.coverity.com/rung2.html
+Coverity: Check if there are new reported defects:
+https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241
 
 Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian Brabandt,
 2010 Nov 5)
@@ -994,7 +1178,7 @@ string value.
 
 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
 
-For running gvim on an USB stick: avoid the OLE registration.  Use a command
+For running gvim on a USB stick: avoid the OLE registration.  Use a command
 line argument -noregister.
 
 When using an expression in 'statusline' leading white space sometimes goes
@@ -1308,6 +1492,7 @@ Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
 
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
 2008 May 14)
+Possibly related problem: Alexey Muranov, 2015 Apr 2
 
 Problem with CTRL-F. (Charles Campbell, 2008 March 21)
 Only happens with "gvim -geometry "160x26+4+27" -u NONE -U NONE prop.c".
@@ -1507,13 +1692,6 @@ with "gvim -nb:localhost:55555:foo".  From nc do: '1:editFile!0 "foo"'.  Then
 go to Insert mode and add a few lines.  Then backspacing every other time
 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25)
 
-Patch to use Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen, 2010 Jul 30)
-Latest version: 2011 May 18
-8   Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see
-    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
-    Version from Guopeng Wen that does this (2010 Dec 27)
-Alternative: MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
-
 Windows installer should install 32-bit version of right-click handler also on
 64-bit systems. (Brian Cunningham, 2011 Dec 28)
 
@@ -1537,8 +1715,6 @@ Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 Win32: Can't complete shell command names.  Why is setting xp_context in
 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME?
 
-Win32: Patch for convert_filterW(). (Taro Muraoka, 2007 Mar 2)
-
 Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7)
 
 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces.  Patch by Mathias
@@ -1577,12 +1753,6 @@ Check for this and use iconv?  (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12)
 Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'fileencodings' is set
 properly?
 
-Add a few features to xxd. (Vadim Vygonets, 2013 Nov 11)
-Patches: 2013 Nov 19
-1: Add -e: little endian hexdump
-2: Add -o: add offset to displayed position
-3: Change displayed file position width to 8 chars
-
 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega,
 2007 Jun 21)
 
@@ -2027,8 +2197,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 			Search in 'runtimepath'?
 			More docs needed about how to use this.
 			How to get the messages into the .po files?
-    strchars()		Like strlen() and strwidth() but counting characters
-			instead of bytes.
     confirm()		add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical
 			    layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg)
 			    Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag
@@ -3963,8 +4131,6 @@ Autocommands:
 8   Autocommand for when modified files have been found, when getting input
     focus again (e.g., FileChangedFocus).
     Check when: getting focus, jumping to another buffer, ...
-7   Autocommand for when an option is changed.  Match buffer name or option
-    name?
 8   Autocommands should not change registers.  And marks?  And the jumplist?
     And anything else?  Add a command to save and restore these things.
 8   Add autocommands, user functions and user commands to ":mkvimrc".
@@ -4578,7 +4744,6 @@ Searching:
     should be ignored (like "*/" or "#endif" inside /* */).
     Also: use "%" to jump from start to end of syntax region and back.
     Alternative: use matchit.vim
-8   "/:/e+1" gets stuck on a match at the end of the line.  Do we care?
 8   A pattern like "\([^a]\+\)\+" takes an awful long time.  Recognize that
     the recursive "\+" is meaningless and optimize for it.
     This one is also very slow on "/* some comment */": "^\/\*\(.*[^/]\)*$".
@@ -5005,8 +5170,6 @@ Argument list:
 
 Registers:
 8   Don't display empty registers with ":display". (Etienne)
-8   Make the # register writable, so that it can be restored after jumping
-    around in windows.
 8   Add put command that overwrites existing text.  Should also work for
     blocks.  Useful to move text around in a table.  Works like using "R ^R r"
     for every line.

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ child, you should have the intention to do this for at least one year.
 
 How do you know that the money will be spent right?  First of all you have my
 personal guarantee as the author of Vim.  I trust the people that are working
-at the centre, I know them personally.  Further more, the centre has been
+at the centre, I know them personally.  Furthermore, the centre has been
 co-sponsored and inspected by World Vision, Save the Children Fund and is now
 under the supervision of Pacific Academy Outreach Society.  The centre is
 visited about once a year to check the progress (at our own cost).  I have

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 12
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -527,9 +527,11 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 	:help subject()
 <		Function "subject". >
 	:help -subject
-<		Command-line option "-subject". >
+<		Command-line argument "-subject". >
 	:help +subject
 <		Compile-time feature "+subject". >
+	:help /*
+<		Regular expression item "*" >
 	:help EventName
 <		Autocommand event "EventName". >
 	:help digraphs.txt

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
 
 The . (dot) character matches any existing character.  For example, the
 pattern "c.m" matches a string whose first character is a c, whose second
-character is anything, and whose the third character is m.  Example:
+character is anything, and whose third character is m.  Example:
 
 	We use a computer that became the cummin winter. ~
 		 xxx		 xxx	  xxx

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ the cursor keys: >
 	:map <Down> gj
 
 
-TURNING A PARAGRAPH INTO ONE LINE
+TURNING A PARAGRAPH INTO ONE LINE			*edit-paragraph-join*
 
 If you want to import text into a program like MS-Word, each paragraph should
 be a single line.  If your paragraphs are currently separated with empty

runtime/doc/usr_43.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_43.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 Dec 28
+*usr_43.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 23
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ three-line comment.  You do this with only two steps:
 
 	setlocal softtabstop=4
 	noremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>c o/**************<CR><CR>/<Esc>
+	let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl softtabstop< | unmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>c"
 
 Try editing a C file.  You should notice that the 'softtabstop' option is set
 to 4.  But when you edit another file it's reset to the default zero.  That is
@@ -60,6 +61,11 @@ buffer.  This works with any mapping command: ":map!", ":vmap", etc.  The
 |<LocalLeader>| in the mapping is replaced with the value of the
 "maplocalleader" variable.
 
+The line to set b:undo_ftplugin is for when the filetype is set to another
+value.  In that case you will want to undo your preferences.  The
+b:undo_ftplugin variable is executed as a command. Watch out for characters
+with a special meaning inside a string, such as a backslash.
+
 You can find examples for filetype plugins in this directory: >
 
 	$VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ For the first file the cursor will be positioned on line "num".
 If "num" is missing, the cursor will be positioned on the last line.
 .TP
 +/{pat}
-For the first file the cursor will be positioned on the
+For the first file the cursor will be positioned in the line with the
 first occurrence of {pat}.
 See ":help search\-pattern" for the available search patterns.
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-VIM(1)                                                                  VIM(1)
+VIM(1)                      General Commands Manual                     VIM(1)
 
 
 
@@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ DESCRIPTION
        to edit all kinds of plain text.  It is especially useful  for  editing
        programs.
 
-       There  are a lot of enhancements above Vi: multi level undo, multi win-
+       There  are a lot of enhancements above Vi: multi level undo, multi win‐
        dows and buffers, syntax highlighting, command line  editing,  filename
        completion,   on-line   help,   visual  selection,  etc..   See  ":help
        vi_diff.txt" for a summary of the differences between Vim and Vi.
 
        While running Vim a lot of help can be obtained from the  on-line  help
-       system,  with the ":help" command.  See the ON-LINE HELP section below.
+       system, with the ":help" command.  See the ON-LINE HELP section below.
 
        Most often Vim is started to edit a single file with the command
 
@@ -38,44 +38,44 @@ DESCRIPTION
             vim [options] [filelist]
 
        If the filelist is missing, the editor will start with an empty buffer.
-       Otherwise  exactly  one out of the following four may be used to choose
+       Otherwise exactly one out of the following four may be used  to  choose
        one or more files to be edited.
 
-       file ..     A list of filenames.  The first one  will  be  the  current
-                   file  and  read  into the buffer.  The cursor will be posi-
+       file ..     A  list  of  filenames.   The first one will be the current
+                   file and read into the buffer.  The cursor  will  be  posi‐
                    tioned on the first line of the buffer.  You can get to the
-                   other  files with the ":next" command.  To edit a file that
+                   other files with the ":next" command.  To edit a file  that
                    starts with a dash, precede the filelist with "--".
 
-       -           The file to edit is read from  stdin.   Commands  are  read
+       -           The  file  to  edit  is read from stdin.  Commands are read
                    from stderr, which should be a tty.
 
        -t {tag}    The file to edit and the initial cursor position depends on
-                   a "tag", a sort of goto label.  {tag} is looked up  in  the
+                   a  "tag",  a sort of goto label.  {tag} is looked up in the
                    tags file, the associated file becomes the current file and
-                   the associated command is executed.  Mostly  this  is  used
-                   for  C  programs,  in  which case {tag} could be a function
+                   the  associated  command  is executed.  Mostly this is used
+                   for C programs, in which case {tag}  could  be  a  function
                    name.  The effect is that the file containing that function
-                   becomes  the  current  file and the cursor is positioned on
+                   becomes the current file and the cursor  is  positioned  on
                    the start of the function.  See ":help tag-commands".
 
        -q [errorfile]
-                   Start in quickFix mode.  The file [errorfile] is  read  and
-                   the  first  error is displayed.  If [errorfile] is omitted,
+                   Start  in  quickFix mode.  The file [errorfile] is read and
+                   the first error is displayed.  If [errorfile]  is  omitted,
                    the  filename  is  obtained  from  the  'errorfile'  option
-                   (defaults  to  "AztecC.Err"  for the Amiga, "errors.err" on
-                   other systems).  Further errors can be jumped to  with  the
+                   (defaults to "AztecC.Err" for the  Amiga,  "errors.err"  on
+                   other  systems).   Further errors can be jumped to with the
                    ":cn" command.  See ":help quickfix".
 
-       Vim behaves differently, depending on the name of the command (the exe-
+       Vim behaves differently, depending on the name of the command (the exe‐
        cutable may still be the same file).
 
        vim       The "normal" way, everything is default.
 
-       ex        Start in Ex mode.  Go to Normal mode with the ":vi"  command.
+       ex        Start  in Ex mode.  Go to Normal mode with the ":vi" command.
                  Can also be done with the "-e" argument.
 
-       view      Start  in read-only mode.  You will be protected from writing
+       view      Start in read-only mode.  You will be protected from  writing
                  the files.  Can also be done with the "-R" argument.
 
        gvim gview
@@ -87,102 +87,102 @@ DESCRIPTION
                  be done with the "-y" argument.
 
        rvim rview rgvim rgview
-                 Like the above, but with restrictions.  It will not be possi-
-                 ble  to  start  shell  commands, or suspend Vim.  Can also be
+                 Like the above, but with restrictions.  It will not be possi‐
+                 ble to start shell commands, or suspend  Vim.   Can  also  be
                  done with the "-Z" argument.
 
 OPTIONS
-       The options may be given in  any  order,  before  or  after  filenames.
+       The  options  may  be  given  in  any order, before or after filenames.
        Options without an argument can be combined after a single dash.
 
-       +[num]      For  the  first  file the cursor will be positioned on line
-                   "num".  If "num" is missing, the cursor will be  positioned
+       +[num]      For the first file the cursor will be  positioned  on  line
+                   "num".   If "num" is missing, the cursor will be positioned
                    on the last line.
 
-       +/{pat}     For  the  first  file  the cursor will be positioned on the
-                   first occurrence of {pat}.  See ":help search-pattern"  for
-                   the available search patterns.
+       +/{pat}     For the first file the cursor will  be  positioned  in  the
+                   line  with  the  first  occurrence  of  {pat}.   See ":help
+                   search-pattern" for the available search patterns.
 
        +{command}
 
        -c {command}
-                   {command}  will  be  executed after the first file has been
-                   read.  {command} is interpreted as an Ex command.   If  the
-                   {command}  contains  spaces  it  must be enclosed in double
-                   quotes (this depends on the shell that is used).   Example:
+                   {command} will be executed after the first  file  has  been
+                   read.   {command}  is interpreted as an Ex command.  If the
+                   {command} contains spaces it must  be  enclosed  in  double
+                   quotes  (this depends on the shell that is used).  Example:
                    Vim "+set si" main.c
                    Note: You can use up to 10 "+" or "-c" commands.
 
-       -S {file}   {file}  will be sourced after the first file has been read.
-                   This is equivalent to -c "source  {file}".   {file}  cannot
+       -S {file}   {file} will be sourced after the first file has been  read.
+                   This  is  equivalent  to -c "source {file}".  {file} cannot
                    start with '-'.  If {file} is omitted "Session.vim" is used
                    (only works when -S is the last argument).
 
        --cmd {command}
-                   Like using "-c", but the command is  executed  just  before
-                   processing  any  vimrc file.  You can use up to 10 of these
+                   Like  using  "-c",  but the command is executed just before
+                   processing any vimrc file.  You can use up to 10  of  these
                    commands, independently from "-c" commands.
 
-       -A          If Vim has been compiled with ARABIC  support  for  editing
-                   right-to-left  oriented  files and Arabic keyboard mapping,
-                   this option starts Vim in Arabic  mode,  i.e.  'arabic'  is
+       -A          If  Vim  has  been compiled with ARABIC support for editing
+                   right-to-left oriented files and Arabic  keyboard  mapping,
+                   this  option  starts  Vim  in Arabic mode, i.e. 'arabic' is
                    set.  Otherwise an error message is given and Vim aborts.
 
-       -b          Binary  mode.  A few options will be set that makes it pos-
+       -b          Binary mode.  A few options will be set that makes it  pos‐
                    sible to edit a binary or executable file.
 
-       -C          Compatible.  Set the 'compatible' option.  This  will  make
-                   Vim  behave  mostly  like  Vi,  even  though  a .vimrc file
+       -C          Compatible.   Set  the 'compatible' option.  This will make
+                   Vim behave mostly  like  Vi,  even  though  a  .vimrc  file
                    exists.
 
-       -d          Start in diff mode.  There should be  two,  three  or  four
-                   file  name arguments.  Vim will open all the files and show
+       -d          Start  in  diff  mode.   There should be two, three or four
+                   file name arguments.  Vim will open all the files and  show
                    differences between them.  Works like vimdiff(1).
 
-       -d {device} Open {device} for use as a terminal.  Only  on  the  Amiga.
+       -d {device} Open  {device}  for  use as a terminal.  Only on the Amiga.
                    Example: "-d con:20/30/600/150".
 
-       -D          Debugging.   Go  to debugging mode when executing the first
+       -D          Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing  the  first
                    command from a script.
 
-       -e          Start Vim in Ex mode, just like the executable  was  called
+       -e          Start  Vim  in Ex mode, just like the executable was called
                    "ex".
 
        -E          Start Vim in improved Ex mode, just like the executable was
                    called "exim".
 
-       -f          Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim  will  not  fork  and
+       -f          Foreground.   For  the  GUI  version, Vim will not fork and
                    detach from the shell it was started in.  On the Amiga, Vim
-                   is not restarted to open a new window.  This option  should
-                   be  used  when  Vim is executed by a program that will wait
-                   for the edit session to finish (e.g. mail).  On  the  Amiga
+                   is  not restarted to open a new window.  This option should
+                   be used when Vim is executed by a program  that  will  wait
+                   for  the  edit session to finish (e.g. mail).  On the Amiga
                    the ":sh" and ":!" commands will not work.
 
-       --nofork    Foreground.   For  the  GUI  version, Vim will not fork and
+       --nofork    Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim  will  not  fork  and
                    detach from the shell it was started in.
 
-       -F          If Vim has been compiled with  FKMAP  support  for  editing
-                   right-to-left  oriented  files  and Farsi keyboard mapping,
-                   this option starts Vim in  Farsi  mode,  i.e.  'fkmap'  and
-                   'rightleft'  are  set.  Otherwise an error message is given
-                   and Vim aborts.
-
-       -g          If Vim has been compiled  with  GUI  support,  this  option
-                   enables  the  GUI.   If  no GUI support was compiled in, an
-                   error message is given and Vim aborts.
-
-       -h          Give a bit of help about the  command  line  arguments  and
-                   options.  After this Vim exits.
-
-       -H          If Vim has been compiled with RIGHTLEFT support for editing
-                   right-to-left oriented files and Hebrew  keyboard  mapping,
-                   this  option  starts  Vim  in Hebrew mode, i.e. 'hkmap' and
+       -F          If  Vim  has  been  compiled with FKMAP support for editing
+                   right-to-left oriented files and  Farsi  keyboard  mapping,
+                   this  option  starts  Vim  in  Farsi mode, i.e. 'fkmap' and
                    'rightleft' are set.  Otherwise an error message  is  given
                    and Vim aborts.
 
+       -g          If  Vim  has  been  compiled  with GUI support, this option
+                   enables the GUI.  If no GUI support  was  compiled  in,  an
+                   error message is given and Vim aborts.
+
+       -h          Give  a  bit  of  help about the command line arguments and
+                   options.  After this Vim exits.
+
+       -H          If Vim has been compiled with RIGHTLEFT support for editing
+                   right-to-left  oriented  files and Hebrew keyboard mapping,
+                   this option starts Vim in Hebrew  mode,  i.e.  'hkmap'  and
+                   'rightleft'  are  set.  Otherwise an error message is given
+                   and Vim aborts.
+
        -i {viminfo}
-                   When  using  the  viminfo file is enabled, this option sets
-                   the filename to use, instead of the  default  "~/.viminfo".
+                   When using the viminfo file is enabled,  this  option  sets
+                   the  filename  to use, instead of the default "~/.viminfo".
                    This can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo file,
                    by giving the name "NONE".
 
@@ -190,92 +190,92 @@ OPTIONS
 
        -l          Lisp mode.  Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on.
 
-       -m          Modifying files is disabled.  Resets  the  'write'  option.
-                   You  can still modify the buffer, but writing a file is not
+       -m          Modifying  files  is  disabled.  Resets the 'write' option.
+                   You can still modify the buffer, but writing a file is  not
                    possible.
 
-       -M          Modifications not allowed.  The  'modifiable'  and  'write'
-                   options  will be unset, so that changes are not allowed and
-                   files can not be written.  Note that these options  can  be
+       -M          Modifications  not  allowed.   The 'modifiable' and 'write'
+                   options will be unset, so that changes are not allowed  and
+                   files  can  not be written.  Note that these options can be
                    set to enable making modifications.
 
-       -N          No-compatible  mode.   Reset the 'compatible' option.  This
-                   will make Vim behave a bit better, but less Vi  compatible,
+       -N          No-compatible mode.  Reset the 'compatible'  option.   This
+                   will  make Vim behave a bit better, but less Vi compatible,
                    even though a .vimrc file does not exist.
 
-       -n          No  swap file will be used.  Recovery after a crash will be
-                   impossible.  Handy if you want to edit a  file  on  a  very
-                   slow  medium  (e.g.  floppy).   Can also be done with ":set
+       -n          No swap file will be used.  Recovery after a crash will  be
+                   impossible.   Handy  if  you  want to edit a file on a very
+                   slow medium (e.g. floppy).  Can also  be  done  with  ":set
                    uc=0".  Can be undone with ":set uc=200".
 
-       -nb         Become an editor server for NetBeans.   See  the  docs  for
+       -nb         Become  an  editor  server  for NetBeans.  See the docs for
                    details.
 
        -o[N]       Open N windows stacked.  When N is omitted, open one window
                    for each file.
 
-       -O[N]       Open N windows side by side.  When N is omitted,  open  one
+       -O[N]       Open  N  windows side by side.  When N is omitted, open one
                    window for each file.
 
        -p[N]       Open N tab pages.  When N is omitted, open one tab page for
                    each file.
 
-       -R          Read-only mode.  The 'readonly' option will  be  set.   You
-                   can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from acci-
-                   dently overwriting a file.  If you do want to  overwrite  a
-                   file,  add  an  exclamation  mark  to the Ex command, as in
-                   ":w!".  The -R option  also  implies  the  -n  option  (see
-                   below).   The  'readonly'  option  can  be reset with ":set
+       -R          Read-only  mode.   The  'readonly' option will be set.  You
+                   can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from acci‐
+                   dently  overwriting  a file.  If you do want to overwrite a
+                   file, add an exclamation mark to  the  Ex  command,  as  in
+                   ":w!".   The  -R  option  also  implies  the -n option (see
+                   below).  The 'readonly' option  can  be  reset  with  ":set
                    noro".  See ":help 'readonly'".
 
-       -r          List swap files, with  information  about  using  them  for
+       -r          List  swap  files,  with  information  about using them for
                    recovery.
 
-       -r {file}   Recovery  mode.  The swap file is used to recover a crashed
-                   editing session.  The swap file is a  file  with  the  same
+       -r {file}   Recovery mode.  The swap file is used to recover a  crashed
+                   editing  session.   The  swap  file is a file with the same
                    filename as the text file with ".swp" appended.  See ":help
                    recovery".
 
-       -s          Silent mode.  Only when started as "Ex" or  when  the  "-e"
+       -s          Silent  mode.   Only  when started as "Ex" or when the "-e"
                    option was given before the "-s" option.
 
        -s {scriptin}
-                   The  script file {scriptin} is read.  The characters in the
-                   file are interpreted as if you had typed  them.   The  same
+                   The script file {scriptin} is read.  The characters in  the
+                   file  are  interpreted  as if you had typed them.  The same
                    can be done with the command ":source! {scriptin}".  If the
                    end of the file is reached before the editor exits, further
                    characters are read from the keyboard.
 
        -T {terminal}
-                   Tells  Vim  the  name  of the terminal you are using.  Only
-                   required when the automatic way doesn't work.  Should be  a
-                   terminal  known  to Vim (builtin) or defined in the termcap
+                   Tells Vim the name of the terminal  you  are  using.   Only
+                   required  when the automatic way doesn't work.  Should be a
+                   terminal known to Vim (builtin) or defined in  the  termcap
                    or terminfo file.
 
-       -u {vimrc}  Use the commands in the file {vimrc}  for  initializations.
-                   All  the  other  initializations  are skipped.  Use this to
-                   edit a special kind of files.  It can also be used to  skip
-                   all  initializations by giving the name "NONE".  See ":help
+       -u {vimrc}  Use  the  commands in the file {vimrc} for initializations.
+                   All the other initializations are  skipped.   Use  this  to
+                   edit  a special kind of files.  It can also be used to skip
+                   all initializations by giving the name "NONE".  See  ":help
                    initialization" within vim for more details.
 
-       -U {gvimrc} Use the commands in the file {gvimrc} for  GUI  initializa-
-                   tions.   All the other GUI initializations are skipped.  It
-                   can also be used to skip all GUI initializations by  giving
-                   the  name "NONE".  See ":help gui-init" within vim for more
+       -U {gvimrc} Use  the  commands in the file {gvimrc} for GUI initializa‐
+                   tions.  All the other GUI initializations are skipped.   It
+                   can  also be used to skip all GUI initializations by giving
+                   the name "NONE".  See ":help gui-init" within vim for  more
                    details.
 
-       -V[N]       Verbose.  Give messages about which files are  sourced  and
-                   for  reading and writing a viminfo file.  The optional num-
+       -V[N]       Verbose.   Give  messages about which files are sourced and
+                   for reading and writing a viminfo file.  The optional  num‐
                    ber N is the value for 'verbose'.  Default is 10.
 
-       -v          Start Vim in Vi mode, just like the executable  was  called
-                   "vi".   This  only has effect when the executable is called
+       -v          Start  Vim  in Vi mode, just like the executable was called
+                   "vi".  This only has effect when the executable  is  called
                    "ex".
 
        -w {scriptout}
-                   All the characters that you type are recorded in  the  file
-                   {scriptout},  until  you  exit  Vim.  This is useful if you
-                   want to create a script file to be used with  "vim  -s"  or
+                   All  the  characters that you type are recorded in the file
+                   {scriptout}, until you exit Vim.  This  is  useful  if  you
+                   want  to  create  a script file to be used with "vim -s" or
                    ":source!".  If the {scriptout} file exists, characters are
                    appended.
 
@@ -285,27 +285,27 @@ OPTIONS
        -x          Use encryption when writing files.  Will prompt for a crypt
                    key.
 
-       -X          Don't  connect to the X server.  Shortens startup time in a
-                   terminal, but the window title and clipboard  will  not  be
+       -X          Don't connect to the X server.  Shortens startup time in  a
+                   terminal,  but  the  window title and clipboard will not be
                    used.
 
        -y          Start Vim in easy mode, just like the executable was called
-                   "evim" or "eview".  Makes Vim behave like a  click-and-type
+                   "evim"  or "eview".  Makes Vim behave like a click-and-type
                    editor.
 
-       -Z          Restricted  mode.   Works  like  the executable starts with
+       -Z          Restricted mode.  Works like  the  executable  starts  with
                    "r".
 
-       --          Denotes the end of the options.  Arguments after this  will
-                   be  handled  as  a  file  name.  This can be used to edit a
+       --          Denotes  the end of the options.  Arguments after this will
+                   be handled as a file name.  This can  be  used  to  edit  a
                    filename that starts with a '-'.
 
        --echo-wid  GTK GUI only: Echo the Window ID on stdout.
 
        --help      Give a help message and exit, just like "-h".
 
-       --literal   Take file name arguments literally,  do  not  expand  wild-
-                   cards.   This has no effect on Unix where the shell expands
+       --literal   Take  file  name  arguments  literally, do not expand wild‐
+                   cards.  This has no effect on Unix where the shell  expands
                    wildcards.
 
        --noplugin  Skip loading plugins.  Implied by -u NONE.
@@ -315,18 +315,18 @@ OPTIONS
                    is given and the files are edited in the current Vim.
 
        --remote-expr {expr}
-                   Connect to a Vim server, evaluate {expr} in  it  and  print
+                   Connect  to  a  Vim server, evaluate {expr} in it and print
                    the result on stdout.
 
        --remote-send {keys}
                    Connect to a Vim server and send {keys} to it.
 
        --remote-silent
-                   As  --remote,  but  without  the  warning when no server is
+                   As --remote, but without the  warning  when  no  server  is
                    found.
 
        --remote-wait
-                   As --remote, but Vim does not exit  until  the  files  have
+                   As  --remote,  but  Vim  does not exit until the files have
                    been edited.
 
        --remote-wait-silent
@@ -337,31 +337,31 @@ OPTIONS
                    List the names of all Vim servers that can be found.
 
        --servername {name}
-                   Use {name} as the server name.  Used for the  current  Vim,
+                   Use  {name}  as the server name.  Used for the current Vim,
                    unless used with a --remote argument, then it's the name of
                    the server to connect to.
 
        --socketid {id}
-                   GTK GUI only: Use the GtkPlug  mechanism  to  run  gvim  in
+                   GTK  GUI  only:  Use  the  GtkPlug mechanism to run gvim in
                    another window.
 
        --version   Print version information and exit.
 
 ON-LINE HELP
-       Type  ":help"  in Vim to get started.  Type ":help subject" to get help
-       on a specific subject.  For example: ":help ZZ" to  get  help  for  the
-       "ZZ"  command.   Use <Tab> and CTRL-D to complete subjects (":help cmd-
-       line-completion").  Tags are present to jump from one place to  another
+       Type ":help" in Vim to get started.  Type ":help subject" to  get  help
+       on  a  specific  subject.   For example: ":help ZZ" to get help for the
+       "ZZ" command.  Use <Tab> and CTRL-D to complete subjects  (":help  cmd‐
+       line-completion").   Tags are present to jump from one place to another
        (sort of hypertext links, see ":help").  All documentation files can be
        viewed in this way, for example ":help syntax.txt".
 
 FILES
        /usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
-                      The Vim documentation files.  Use ":help  doc-file-list"
+                      The  Vim documentation files.  Use ":help doc-file-list"
                       to get the complete list.
 
        /usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
-                      The  tags file used for finding information in the docu-
+                      The tags file used for finding information in the  docu‐
                       mentation files.
 
        /usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ FILES
        ~/.gvimrc      Your personal gvim initializations.
 
        /usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
-                      Script used for the ":options" command, a  nice  way  to
+                      Script  used  for  the ":options" command, a nice way to
                       view and set options.
 
        /usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
@@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ FILES
                       Script to generate a bug report.  See ":help bugs".
 
        /usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
-                      Script  to  detect  the type of a file by its name.  See
+                      Script to detect the type of a file by  its  name.   See
                       ":help 'filetype'".
 
        /usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
-                      Script to detect the type of a  file  by  its  contents.
+                      Script  to  detect  the  type of a file by its contents.
                       See ":help 'filetype'".
 
        /usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
@@ -410,8 +410,8 @@ SEE ALSO
 AUTHOR
        Most of Vim was made by Bram Moolenaar, with a lot of help from others.
        See ":help credits" in Vim.
-       Vim is based on Stevie, worked on by: Tim Thompson,  Tony  Andrews  and
-       G.R.  (Fred) Walter.  Although hardly any of the original code remains.
+       Vim  is  based  on Stevie, worked on by: Tim Thompson, Tony Andrews and
+       G.R. (Fred) Walter.  Although hardly any of the original code remains.
 
 BUGS
        Probably.  See ":help todo" for a list of known problems.

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 23
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -263,28 +263,57 @@ left of the Vim window.
 Closing a window
 ----------------
 
+:q[uit]
+:{count}q[uit]
 CTRL-W q						*CTRL-W_q*
 CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
-:q[uit]		Quit current window.  When quitting the last window (not
-		counting a help window), exit Vim.
+		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
+		given quit the {count} window.
+
+		When quitting the last window (not counting a help window),
+		exit Vim.
+		
 		When 'hidden' is set, and there is only one window for the
-		current buffer, it becomes hidden.
-		When 'hidden' is not set, and there is only one window for the
-		current buffer, and the buffer was changed, the command fails.
-		(Note: CTRL-Q does not work on all terminals)
+		current buffer, it becomes hidden.  When 'hidden' is not set,
+		and there is only one window for the current buffer, and the
+		buffer was changed, the command fails.
+		
+		(Note: CTRL-Q does not work on all terminals).
+		
+		If [count] is greater than the last window number the last
+		window will be closed: >
+		    :1quit  " quit the first window
+		    :$quit  " quit the last window
+		    :9quit  " quit the last window
+			     " if there are less than 9 windows opened
+		    :-quit  " quit the previews window
+		    :+quit  " quit the next window
+		    :+2quit " quit the second next window
+<
+:q[uit]!
+:{count}q[uit]!
+		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
+		given quit the {count} window.
 
-:q[uit]!	Quit current window.  If this was the last window for a buffer,
-		any changes to that buffer are lost.  When quitting the last
-		window (not counting help windows), exit Vim.  The contents of
-		the buffer are lost, even when 'hidden' is set.
+		If this was the last window for a buffer, any changes to that
+		buffer are lost.  When quitting the last window (not counting
+		help windows), exit Vim.  The contents of the buffer are lost,
+		even when 'hidden' is set.
 
+:clo[se][!]
+:{count}clo[se][!]
 CTRL-W c					*CTRL-W_c* *:clo* *:close*
-:clo[se][!]	Close current window.  When the 'hidden' option is set, or
-		when the buffer was changed and the [!] is used, the buffer
-		becomes hidden (unless there is another window editing it).
+		Without {count}: Close the current window.  If {count} is
+		given close the {count} window.
+
+		When the 'hidden' option is set, or when the buffer was
+		changed and the [!] is used, the buffer becomes hidden (unless
+		there is another window editing it).
+		
 		When there is only one window in the current tab page and
 		there is another tab page, this closes the current tab page.
 		|tab-page|.
+
 		This command fails when:			*E444*
 		- There is only one window on the screen.
 		- When 'hidden' is not set, [!] is not used, the buffer has
@@ -298,14 +327,19 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-C						*CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
 		command.
 
 							*:hide*
-:hid[e]		Quit current window, unless it is the last window on the
-		screen.  The buffer becomes hidden (unless there is another
-		window editing it or 'bufhidden' is "unload" or "delete").
+:hid[e]
+:{count}hid[e]
+		Quit the current window, unless it is the last window on the
+		screen.  For {count} see |:quit| command.
+		
+		The buffer becomes hidden (unless there is another window
+		editing it or 'bufhidden' is "unload", "delete" or "wipe").
 		If the window is the last one in the current tab page the tab
-		page is closed. |tab-page|
-		The value of 'hidden' is irrelevant for this command.
-		Changes to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so
-		this is a "safe" command.
+		page is closed.  |tab-page| 
+		
+		The value of 'hidden' is irrelevant for this command.  Changes
+		to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so this is a
+		"safe" command.
 
 :hid[e] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} with 'hidden' is set.  The previous value of
 		'hidden' is restored after {cmd} has been executed.
@@ -314,12 +348,16 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-C						*CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
 <		This will edit "Makefile", and hide the current buffer if it
 		has any changes.
 
+:on[ly][!]
+:{count}on[ly][!]
 CTRL-W o						*CTRL-W_o* *E445*
 CTRL-W CTRL-O					*CTRL-W_CTRL-O* *:on* *:only*
-:on[ly][!]	Make the current window the only one on the screen.  All other
-		windows are closed.
+		Make the current window the only one on the screen.  All other
+		windows are closed.  For {count} see |:quit| command.
+		
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
 		become hidden.
+		
 		When 'hidden' is not set, and the 'autowrite' option is set,
 		modified buffers are written.  Otherwise, windows that have
 		buffers that are modified are not removed, unless the [!] is
@@ -660,8 +698,9 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 8. Do a command in all buffers or windows			*list-repeat*
 
 							*:windo*
-:windo {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each window.
-			It works like doing this: >
+:[range]windo {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each window or if [range] is given
+			only in windows for which the window number lies in
+			the [range].  It works like doing this: >
 				CTRL-W t
 				:{cmd}
 				CTRL-W w
@@ -676,11 +715,14 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 			{cmd} must not open or close windows or reorder them.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
-			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo| and |:bufdo|.
+			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
 
 							*:bufdo*
-:bufdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each buffer in the buffer list.
-			It works like doing this: >
+:[range]bufdo[!] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each buffer in the buffer list or if
+			[range] is given only for buffers for which their
+			buffer numer is in the [range].  It works like doing
+			this: >
 				:bfirst
 				:{cmd}
 				:bnext
@@ -702,7 +744,8 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 			each buffer.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
-			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo| and |:windo|.
+			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
 
 Examples: >
 
@@ -945,9 +988,10 @@ A buffer can also be unlisted.  This means it exists, but it is not in the
 list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 
 
-:files[!]					*:files*
-:buffers[!]					*:buffers* *:ls*
-:ls[!]		Show all buffers.  Example:
+:files[!] [flags]				*:files*
+:buffers[!] [flags]				*:buffers* *:ls*
+:ls[!] [flags]
+		Show all buffers.  Example:
 
 			1 #h   "/test/text"		line 1 ~
 			2u     "asdf"			line 0 ~
@@ -957,8 +1001,8 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		(the term "unlisted" is a bit confusing then...).
 
 		Each buffer has a unique number.  That number will not change,
-		so you can always go to a specific buffer with ":buffer N" or
-		"N CTRL-^", where N is the buffer number.
+		thus you can always go to a specific buffer with ":buffer N"
+		or "N CTRL-^", where N is the buffer number.
 
 		Indicators (chars in the same column are mutually exclusive):
 		u	an unlisted buffer (only displayed when [!] is used)
@@ -973,6 +1017,21 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		    +	a modified buffer
 		    x   a buffer with read errors
 
+		[flags] can be a combination of the following characters,
+		which restrict the buffers to be listed:
+		     +   modified buffers
+		     -   buffers with 'modifiable' off
+		     =   readonly buffers
+		     a   active buffers
+		     u   unloaded buffers (overrides the "!")
+		     h   hidden buffers
+		     x   buffers with a read error
+		     %   current buffer
+		     #   alternate buffer
+		Combining flags means they are "and"ed together, e.g.:
+		     h+   hidden buffers which are modified
+		     a+   active buffers which are modified
+
 						*:bad* *:badd*
 :bad[d]	[+lnum] {fname}
 		Add file name {fname} to the buffer list, without loading it.
@@ -992,7 +1051,11 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		Actually, the buffer isn't completely deleted, it is removed
 		from the buffer list |unlisted-buffer| and option values,
 		variables and mappings/abbreviations for the buffer are
-		cleared.
+		cleared. Examples: >
+		    :.,$-bdelete    " delete buffers from the current one to
+				    " last but one
+		    :%bdelete	    " delete all buffers
+<
 
 :bdelete[!] {bufname}						*E93* *E94*
 		Like ":bdelete[!] [N]", but buffer given by name.  Note that a
@@ -1016,7 +1079,11 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		Like |:bdelete|, but really delete the buffer.  Everything
 		related to the buffer is lost.  All marks in this buffer
 		become invalid, option settings are lost, etc.  Don't use this
-		unless you know what you are doing.
+		unless you know what you are doing. Examples: >
+		    :.+,$bwipeout   " wipe out all buffers after the current
+				    " one
+		    :%bwipeout	    " wipe out all buffers
+<
 
 :[N]bun[load][!]				*:bun* *:bunload* *E515*
 :bun[load][!] [N]
@@ -1050,13 +1117,13 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		the current buffer remains being edited.  See |:buffer-!| for
 		[!].  This will also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer
 		list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
-		Also see ||+cmd|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]b[uffer][!] [+cmd] {bufname}
 		Edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer list.  See
 		|:buffer-!| for [!].  This will also edit a buffer that is not
 		in the buffer list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
-		Also see ||+cmd|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] [N]				*:sb* *:sbuffer*
 		Split window and edit buffer [N] from the buffer list.  If [N]
@@ -1064,7 +1131,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		"useopen" setting of 'switchbuf' when splitting.  This will
 		also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer list, without
 		setting the 'buflisted' flag.
-		Also see ||+cmd|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] {bufname}
 		Split window and edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer
@@ -1073,13 +1140,13 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		Note: If what you want to do is split the buffer, make a copy
 		under another name, you can do it this way: >
 			:w foobar | sp #
-<		Also see ||+cmd|.
+<		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]bn[ext][!] [+cmd] [N]				*:bn* *:bnext* *E87*
 		Go to [N]th next buffer in buffer list.  [N] defaults to one.
 		Wraps around the end of the buffer list.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
-		Also see ||+cmd|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 		If you are in a help buffer, this takes you to the next help
 		buffer (if there is one).  Similarly, if you are in a normal
 		(non-help) buffer, this takes you to the next normal buffer.
@@ -1092,21 +1159,21 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 :[N]sbn[ext] [+cmd] [N]
 		Split window and go to [N]th next buffer in buffer list.
 		Wraps around the end of the buffer list.  Uses 'switchbuf'
-		Also see ||+cmd|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]bN[ext][!] [+cmd] [N]		*:bN* *:bNext* *:bp* *:bprevious* *E88*
 :[N]bp[revious][!] [+cmd] [N]
 		Go to [N]th previous buffer in buffer list.  [N] defaults to
 		one.  Wraps around the start of the buffer list.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!] and 'switchbuf'.
-		Also see ||+cmd|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :[N]sbN[ext] [+cmd] [N]			*:sbN* *:sbNext* *:sbp* *:sbprevious*
 :[N]sbp[revious] [+cmd] [N]
 		Split window and go to [N]th previous buffer in buffer list.
 		Wraps around the start of the buffer list.
 		Uses 'switchbuf'.
-		Also see ||+cmd|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
 :br[ewind][!] [+cmd]					*:br* *:brewind*
 		Go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is

runtime/doc/xxd.1

@@ -76,6 +76,16 @@ Change the character encoding in the righthand column from ASCII to EBCDIC.
 This does not change the hexadecimal representation. The option is
 meaningless in combinations with \-r, \-p or \-i.
 .TP
+.IR \-e
+Switch to little-endian hexdump.
+This option treats byte groups as words in little-endian byte order.
+The default grouping of 4 bytes may be changed using
+.RI "" \-g .
+This option only applies to hexdump, leaving the ASCII (or EBCDIC)
+representation unchanged.
+The command line switches
+\-r, \-p, \-i do not work with this mode.
+.TP
 .IR "\-g bytes " | " \-groupsize bytes"
 separate the output of every
 .RI < bytes >
@@ -84,7 +94,7 @@ Specify
 .I \-g 0
 to suppress grouping.
 .RI < Bytes "> defaults to " 2
-in normal mode and \fI1\fP in bits mode.
+in normal mode, \fI4\fP in little-endian mode and \fI1\fP in bits mode.
 Grouping does not apply to postscript or include style.
 .TP
 .IR \-h " | " \-help
@@ -99,6 +109,11 @@ stop after writing
 .RI  < len >
 octets.
 .TP
+.I \-o offset
+add
+.RI < offset >
+to the displayed file position.
+.TP
 .IR \-p " | " \-ps " | " \-postscript " | " \-plain
 output in postscript continuous hexdump style. Also known as plain hexdump
 style.

runtime/doc/xxd.man

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-XXD(1)                                                                  XXD(1)
+XXD(1)                      General Commands Manual                     XXD(1)
 
 
 
@@ -14,30 +14,29 @@ DESCRIPTION
        xxd  creates a hex dump of a given file or standard input.  It can also
        convert a hex dump back to its original binary form.  Like  uuencode(1)
        and  uudecode(1)  it allows the transmission of binary data in a `mail-
-       safe' ASCII representation, but has the advantage of decoding to  stan-
+       safe' ASCII representation, but has the advantage of decoding to  stan‐
        dard output.  Moreover, it can be used to perform binary file patching.
 
 OPTIONS
-       If no infile is given, standard input is read.  If infile is  specified
-       as  a  `-'  character,  then input is taken from standard input.  If no
+       If  no infile is given, standard input is read.  If infile is specified
+       as a `-' character, then input is taken from  standard  input.   If  no
        outfile is given (or a `-' character is in its place), results are sent
        to standard output.
 
-       Note  that  a  "lazy" parser is used which does not check for more than
-       the first option letter, unless the option is followed by a  parameter.
-       Spaces  between  a single option letter and its parameter are optional.
+       Note that a "lazy" parser is used which does not check  for  more  than
+       the  first option letter, unless the option is followed by a parameter.
+       Spaces between a single option letter and its parameter  are  optional.
        Parameters to options can be specified in decimal, hexadecimal or octal
        notation.  Thus -c8, -c 8, -c 010 and -cols 8 are all equivalent.
 
-
        -a | -autoskip
-              toggle  autoskip: A single '*' replaces nul-lines.  Default off.
+              toggle autoskip: A single '*' replaces nul-lines.  Default off.
 
        -b | -bits
               Switch to bits (binary digits) dump, rather than hexdump.   This
               option  writes octets as eight digits "1"s and "0"s instead of a
               normal hexadecimal dump. Each line is preceded by a line  number
-              in  hexadecimal and followed by an ascii (or ebcdic) representa-
+              in  hexadecimal and followed by an ascii (or ebcdic) representa‐
               tion. The command line switches -r, -p, -i do not work with this
               mode.
 
@@ -50,25 +49,34 @@ OPTIONS
               to EBCDIC.  This does not change the hexadecimal representation.
               The option is meaningless in combinations with -r, -p or -i.
 
+       -e     Switch to little-endian hexdump.  This option treats byte groups
+              as words in little-endian byte order.  The default grouping of 4
+              bytes may be changed using -g.  This option only applies to hex‐
+              dump,  leaving  the  ASCII (or EBCDIC) representation unchanged.
+              The command line switches -r, -p, -i do not work with this mode.
+
        -g bytes | -groupsize bytes
               separate the output of every <bytes> bytes (two  hex  characters
-              or eight bit-digits each) by a whitespace.  Specify -g 0 to sup-
-              press grouping.  <Bytes> defaults to 2 in normal mode and  1  in
-              bits  mode.   Grouping  does  not apply to postscript or include
-              style.
+              or eight bit-digits each) by a whitespace.  Specify -g 0 to sup‐
+              press grouping.  <Bytes> defaults to 2 in normal mode, 4 in lit‐
+              tle-endian  mode and 1 in bits mode.  Grouping does not apply to
+              postscript or include style.
 
        -h | -help
               print a summary of available commands and exit.  No hex  dumping
               is performed.
 
        -i | -include
-              output  in C include file style. A complete static array defini-
+              output  in C include file style. A complete static array defini‐
               tion is written (named after the input file), unless  xxd  reads
               from stdin.
 
        -l len | -len len
               stop after writing <len> octets.
 
+       -o offset
+              add <offset> to the displayed file position.
+
        -p | -ps | -postscript | -plain
               output  in  postscript  continuous  hexdump style. Also known as
               plain hexdump style.
@@ -76,8 +84,8 @@ OPTIONS
        -r | -revert
               reverse operation: convert (or patch) hexdump into  binary.   If
               not  writing  to stdout, xxd writes into its output file without
-              truncating it. Use the combination -r -p to read plain hexadeci-
-              mal dumps without line number information and without a particu-
+              truncating it. Use the combination -r -p to read plain hexadeci‐
+              mal dumps without line number information and without a particu‐
               lar column layout. Additional  Whitespace  and  line-breaks  are
               allowed anywhere.
 
@@ -101,7 +109,7 @@ OPTIONS
 CAVEATS
        xxd -r has some builtin magic while evaluating line number information.
        If the output file is seekable, then the linenumbers at  the  start  of
-       each  hexdump  line may be out of order, lines may be missing, or over-
+       each  hexdump  line may be out of order, lines may be missing, or over‐
        lapping. In these cases xxd will lseek(2) to the next position. If  the
        output  file  is  not  seekable,  only  gaps are allowed, which will be
        filled by null-bytes.
@@ -112,8 +120,8 @@ CAVEATS
        input line after reading enough columns of hexadecimal data (see option
        -c). This also means, that changes to the printable ascii  (or  ebcdic)
        columns  are  always  ignored.  Reverting a plain (or postscript) style
-       hexdump with xxd -r -p does not depend on the correct  number  of  col-
-       umns.  Here  anything  that  looks  like a pair of hex-digits is inter-
+       hexdump with xxd -r -p does not depend on the correct  number  of  col‐
+       umns.  Here  anything  that  looks  like a pair of hex-digits is inter‐
        preted.
 
        Note the difference between
@@ -218,7 +226,6 @@ EXAMPLES
        % stty < /dev/term/b -echo -opost -isig -icanon min 1
        % echo -n foo > /dev/term/b
 
-
 RETURN VALUES
        The following error values are returned:
 
@@ -256,7 +263,4 @@ AUTHOR
        <tony@sctnugen.ppp.gu.edu.au> <T.Nugent@sct.gu.edu.au>
        Small changes by Bram Moolenaar.  Edited by Juergen Weigert.
 
-
-
-
 Manual page for xxd               August 1996                           XXD(1)

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Oct 09
+" Last Change:	2015 Oct 13
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .arch-inventory,=tagging-method	setf arch
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.art			setf art
 
 " AsciiDoc
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asciidoc		setf asciidoc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asciidoc,*.adoc		setf asciidoc
 
 " ASN.1
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asn,*.asn1		setf asn
@@ -308,6 +308,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bl			setf blank
 " Blkid cache file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/blkid.tab,*/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml
 
+" Bazel (http://bazel.io)
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,BUILD,WORKSPACE setfiletype bzl
+
 " C or lpc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.c			call s:FTlpc()
 
@@ -499,7 +502,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
 	\ endif
 
 " Clojure
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs		setf clojure
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs,*.cljx,*.cljc		setf clojure
 
 " Cmake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead CMakeLists.txt,*.cmake,*.cmake.in		setf cmake
@@ -776,12 +779,14 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/MERGE_MSG		setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG		setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead MERGE_MSG			setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/*/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/*/config	setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config	setf gitconfig
+if !empty($XDG_CONFIG_HOME)
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config	setf gitconfig
+endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
       \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
@@ -824,7 +829,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gs			setf grads
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gretl			setf gretl
 
 " Groovy
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.groovy			setf groovy
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gradle,*.groovy		setf groovy
 
 " GNU Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gsp			setf gsp
@@ -870,7 +875,7 @@ func! s:FThtml()
       setf xhtml
       return
     endif
-    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\|load\)\>'
+    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\|load\)\>\|{#\s\+'
       setf htmldjango
       return
     endif
@@ -1049,6 +1054,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ldif			setf ldif
 " Ld loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ld			setf ld
 
+" Less
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.less			setf less
+
 " Lex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lex,*.l,*.lxx,*.l++	setf lex
 
@@ -1163,7 +1171,7 @@ func! s:FTm()
   let n = 1
   while n < 10
     let line = getline(n)
-    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|/\*\|//\)'
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\|//\)'
       setf objc
       return
     endif
@@ -1261,8 +1269,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf m
 " Mplayer config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mplayer.conf,*/.mplayer/config	setf mplayerconf
 
-" Moterola S record
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.s19,*.s28,*.s37		setf srec
+" Motorola S record
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.s19,*.s28,*.s37,*.mot,*.srec	setf srec
 
 " Mrxvtrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mrxvtrc,.mrxvtrc		setf mrxvtrc
@@ -1289,7 +1297,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mush			setf mush
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Mutt{ng,}rc		setf muttrc
 
 " Nano
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,.nanorc	setf nanorc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,*.nanorc  	setf nanorc
 
 " Nastran input/DMAP
 "au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dat			setf nastran
@@ -1331,7 +1339,7 @@ func! s:FTmm()
   let n = 1
   while n < 10
     let line = getline(n)
-    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|/\*\)'
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\)'
       setf objcpp
       return
     endif
@@ -1853,7 +1861,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')
 
 " Shell scripts (sh, ksh, bash, bash2, csh); Allow .profile_foo etc.
 " Gentoo ebuilds are actually bash scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash_profile*,.bash_logout*,*.bash,*.ebuild call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
 
@@ -2023,6 +2031,10 @@ func! s:FTRules()
     setf conf  " Better than hog
     return
   endif
+  if path =~ '^/\(etc\|usr/share\)/polkit-1/rules\.d'
+    setf javascript
+    return
+  endif
   try
     let config_lines = readfile('/etc/udev/udev.conf')
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E484/
@@ -2105,6 +2117,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cm			setf voscm
 " Sysctl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sysctl.conf,*/etc/sysctl.d/*.conf	setf sysctl
 
+" Systemd unit files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */systemd/*.{automount,mount,path,service,socket,swap,target,timer}	setf systemd
+
 " Synopsys Design Constraints
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sdc			setf sdc
 
@@ -2160,6 +2175,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tli			setf tli
 " Telix Salt
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.slt			setf tsalt
 
+" Tera Term Language
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ttl			setf teraterm
+
 " Terminfo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ti			setf terminfo
 
@@ -2499,6 +2517,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 
 " Zimbu
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
+" Zimbu Templates
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zut			setf zimbutempl
 
 " Zope
 "   dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),

runtime/ftplugin/bzl.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Bazel (http://bazel.io)
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-bzl)
+" Last Change:	2015 Aug 11
+
+""
+" @section Introduction, intro
+" Core settings for the bzl filetype, used for BUILD and *.bzl files for the
+" Bazel build system (http://bazel.io/).
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+
+
+" Vim 7.4.051 has opinionated settings in ftplugin/python.vim that try to force
+" PEP8 conventions on every python file, but these conflict with Google's
+" indentation guidelines. As a workaround, we explicitly source the system
+" ftplugin, but save indentation settings beforehand and restore them after.
+let s:save_expandtab = &l:expandtab
+let s:save_shiftwidth = &l:shiftwidth
+let s:save_softtabstop = &l:softtabstop
+let s:save_tabstop = &l:tabstop
+
+" NOTE: Vim versions before 7.3.511 had a ftplugin/python.vim that was broken
+" for compatible mode.
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" Load base python ftplugin (also defines b:did_ftplugin).
+source $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/python.vim
+
+" NOTE: Vim versions before 7.4.104 and later set this in ftplugin/python.vim.
+setlocal comments=b:#,fb:-
+
+" Restore pre-existing indentation settings.
+let &l:expandtab = s:save_expandtab
+let &l:shiftwidth = s:save_shiftwidth
+let &l:softtabstop = s:save_softtabstop
+let &l:tabstop = s:save_tabstop
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+
+" Make gf work with imports in BUILD files.
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'//','','')
+
+" Enable syntax-based folding, if specified.
+if get(g:, 'ft_bzl_fold', 0)
+  setlocal foldmethod=syntax
+  setlocal foldtext=BzlFoldText()
+endif
+
+if exists('*BzlFoldText')
+  finish
+endif
+
+function BzlFoldText() abort
+  let l:start_num = nextnonblank(v:foldstart)
+  let l:end_num = prevnonblank(v:foldend)
+
+  if l:end_num <= l:start_num + 1
+    " If the fold is empty, don't print anything for the contents.
+    let l:content = ''
+  else
+    " Otherwise look for something matching the content regex.
+    " And if nothing matches, print an ellipsis.
+    let l:content = '...'
+    for l:line in getline(l:start_num + 1, l:end_num - 1)
+      let l:content_match = matchstr(l:line, '\m\C^\s*name = \zs.*\ze,$')
+      if !empty(l:content_match)
+        let l:content = l:content_match
+        break
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endif
+
+  " Enclose content with start and end
+  let l:start_text = getline(l:start_num)
+  let l:end_text = substitute(getline(l:end_num), '^\s*', '', '')
+  let l:text = l:start_text . ' ' . l:content . ' ' . l:end_text
+
+  " Compute the available width for the displayed text.
+  let l:width = winwidth(0) - &foldcolumn - (&number ? &numberwidth : 0)
+  let l:lines_folded = ' ' . string(1 + v:foldend - v:foldstart) . ' lines'
+
+  " Expand tabs, truncate, pad, and concatenate
+  let l:text = substitute(l:text, '\t', repeat(' ', &tabstop), 'g')
+  let l:text = strpart(l:text, 0, l:width - len(l:lines_folded))
+  let l:padding = repeat(' ', l:width - len(l:lines_folded) - len(l:text))
+  return l:text . l:padding . l:lines_folded
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/j.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2014-04-05
+" Last Change:	2015-09-27
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -12,43 +12,49 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-setlocal iskeyword=48-57,A-Z,_,a-z
+setlocal iskeyword=48-57,A-Z,a-z,_
 setlocal comments=:NB.
 setlocal commentstring=NB.\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t
-setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
 setlocal matchpairs=(:)
+setlocal path-=/usr/include
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
+" Includes. To make the shorthand form "require 'web/cgi'" work, double the
+" last path component. Also strip off leading folder names like "~addons/".
+setlocal include=\\v^\\s*(load\|require)\\s*'\\zs\\f+\\ze'
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(tr(v:fname,'\\','/'),'\\v^[^~][^/.]*(/[^/.]+)$','&\\1',''),'\\v^\\~[^/]+/','','')
+setlocal suffixesadd=.ijs
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword< path< include< includeexpr< suffixesadd<'
 
 " Section movement with ]] ][ [[ []. The start/end patterns below are amended
 " inside the function in order to avoid matching on the current cursor line.
-let s:sectionstart = '.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>.*'
+let s:sectionstart = '\%(\s*Note\|.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\)\>.*'
 let s:sectionend = '\s*)\s*'
 
 function! s:SearchSection(end, backwards, visualmode) abort
   if a:visualmode !=# ''
     normal! gv
   endif
-  let flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
+  let l:flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
   if a:end
-    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), l:flags)
   else
-    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), l:flags)
   endif
 endfunction
 
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> ]]
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> ][
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> [[
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> []
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> ]]"'
@@ -66,7 +72,7 @@ endif
 " Enhanced "%" matching (see ":help matchit")
 if exists('loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
   let b:match_ignorecase = 0
-  let b:match_words = '^.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
+  let b:match_words = '^\%(\s*Note\|.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
                   \ . ',\<\%(for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.:\<\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\)\.:\<end\.'
   let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words'
 endif

runtime/ftplugin/kconfig.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2008-07-09
+" Vim syntax file
+" Maintainer:           Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:      2015-05-29
+" License:              Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:		https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-kconfig
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -14,5 +18,10 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo<"
 
 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
+" For matchit.vim
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let b:match_words = '^\<menu\>:\<endmenu\>,^\<if\>:\<endif\>,^\<choice\>:\<endchoice\>'
+endif
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/less.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	less
+" Maintainer:	Alessandro Vioni <jenoma@gmail.com>
+" URL: https://github.com/genoma/vim-less
+" Last Change:	2014 November 24
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< def< inc< inex< ofu< sua<"
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+setlocal comments=:// commentstring=//\ %s
+
+setlocal omnifunc=csscomplete#CompleteCSS
+setlocal suffixesadd=.less

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 17
+" Last Change:	2014 Dec 29
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ endtry
 func <SID>PreGetPage(cnt)
   if a:cnt == 0
     let old_isk = &iskeyword
-    setl iskeyword+=(,)
+    if &ft == 'man'
+      setl iskeyword+=(,)
+    endif
     let str = expand("<cword>")
     let &l:iskeyword = old_isk
     let page = substitute(str, '(*\(\k\+\).*', '\1', '')
@@ -157,10 +159,10 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
   silent exec "r!/usr/bin/man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
   while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent norm ggdd
+    silent keepj norm ggdd
   endwhile
   while getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent norm Gdd
+    silent keepj norm Gdd
   endwhile
   1
   setl ft=man nomod

runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	matlab
 " Maintainer:	Jake Wasserman <jwasserman at gmail dot com>
-" Last Changed: 2006 Jan 12
+" Last Changed: 2014 Dec 30
+
+" Contributors:
+" Charles Campbell
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -12,10 +15,11 @@ let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 if exists("loaded_matchit")
-	let s:conditionalEnd = '\(([^()]*\)\@!\<end\>\([^()]*)\)\@!'
-	let b:match_words = '\<if\>\|\<while\>\|\<for\>\|\<switch\>:' .
-		\ s:conditionalEnd . ',\<if\>:\<elseif\>:\<else\>:' .
-		\ s:conditionalEnd
+ let s:conditionalEnd = '\%(([^()]*\)\@!\<end\>\%([^()]*)\)\@!'
+ let b:match_words=
+   \ '\<\%(if\|switch\|for\|while\)\>:\<\%(elseif\|case\|break\|continue\|else\|otherwise\)\>:'.s:conditionalEnd.','.
+   \ '\<function\>:\<return\>:\<endfunction\>'
+ unlet s:conditionalEnd
 endif
 
 setlocal suffixesadd=.m

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Filename: spec.vim
 " Maintainer: Igor Gnatenko i.gnatenko.brain@gmail.com
 " Former Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com> (until March 2014)
-" Last Change: Sun Mar 2 11:24 MSK 2014 Igor Gnatenko
+" Last Change: Mon Jun 01 21:15 MSK 2015 Igor Gnatenko
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -18,13 +18,40 @@ if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_spec_maps")
 	endif
 endif
 
-noremap <buffer> <unique> <script> <Plug>SpecChangelog :call <SID>SpecChangelog("")<CR>
+if !hasmapto("call <SID>SpecChangelog(\"\")<CR>")
+       noremap <buffer> <unique> <script> <Plug>SpecChangelog :call <SID>SpecChangelog("")<CR>
+endif
+
+if !exists("*s:GetRelVer")
+	function! s:GetRelVer()
+		if has('python')
+python << PYEND
+import sys, datetime, shutil, tempfile
+import vim
+
+try:
+    import rpm
+except ImportError:
+    pass
+else:
+    specfile = vim.current.buffer.name
+    if specfile:
+        spec = rpm.spec(specfile)
+        headers = spec.packages[0].header
+        version = headers['Version']
+        release = ".".join(headers['Release'].split(".")[:-1])
+        vim.command("let ver = " + version)
+        vim.command("let rel = " + release)
+PYEND
+		endif
+	endfunction
+endif
 
 if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 	function s:SpecChangelog(format)
 		if strlen(a:format) == 0
 			if !exists("g:spec_chglog_format")
-				let email = input("Email address: ")
+				let email = input("Name <email address>: ")
 				let g:spec_chglog_format = "%a %b %d %Y " . l:email
 				echo "\r"
 			endif
@@ -69,6 +96,9 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 		else
 			let include_release_info = 0
 		endif
+
+		call s:GetRelVer()
+
 		if (chgline == -1)
 			let option = confirm("Can't find %changelog. Create one? ","&End of file\n&Here\n&Cancel",3)
 			if (option == 1)
@@ -83,7 +113,7 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 			endif
 		endif
 		if (chgline != -1)
-			let parsed_format = "* ".strftime(format)
+			let parsed_format = "* ".strftime(format)." - ".ver."-".rel
 			let release_info = "+ ".name."-".ver."-".rel
 			let wrong_format = 0
 			let wrong_release = 0

runtime/ftplugin/systemd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:  systemd.unit(5)
+
+if !exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  " Looks a lot like dosini files.
+  runtime! ftplugin/dosini.vim
+endif

runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:         Zsh shell script
-" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2011-01-23
+" Language:		Zsh shell script
+" Maintainer:		Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:	2015-05-29
+" License:		Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:		https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-zsh
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish

runtime/indent/bzl.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	Bazel (http://bazel.io)
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-bzl)
+" Last Change:	2015 Aug 11
+
+if exists('b:did_indent')
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Load base python indent.
+if !exists('*GetPythonIndent')
+  runtime! indent/python.vim
+endif
+
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" Only enable bzl google indent if python google indent is enabled.
+if !get(g:, 'no_google_python_indent')
+  setlocal indentexpr=GetBzlIndent(v:lnum)
+endif
+
+if exists('*GetBzlIndent')
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+" Maximum number of lines to look backwards.
+let s:maxoff = 50
+
+""
+" Determine the correct indent level given an {lnum} in the current buffer.
+function GetBzlIndent(lnum) abort
+  let l:use_recursive_indent = !get(g:, 'no_google_python_recursive_indent')
+  if l:use_recursive_indent
+    " Backup and override indent setting variables.
+    if exists('g:pyindent_nested_paren')
+      let l:pyindent_nested_paren = g:pyindent_nested_paren
+    endif
+    if exists('g:pyindent_open_paren')
+      let l:pyindent_open_paren = g:pyindent_open_paren
+    endif
+    " Vim 7.3.693 and later defines a shiftwidth() function to get the effective
+    " shiftwidth value. Fall back to &shiftwidth if the function doesn't exist.
+    let l:sw_expr = exists('*shiftwidth') ? 'shiftwidth()' : '&shiftwidth'
+    let g:pyindent_nested_paren = l:sw_expr . ' * 2'
+    let g:pyindent_open_paren = l:sw_expr . ' * 2'
+  endif
+
+  let l:indent = -1
+
+  " Indent inside parens.
+  " Align with the open paren unless it is at the end of the line.
+  " E.g.
+  "   open_paren_not_at_EOL(100,
+  "                         (200,
+  "                          300),
+  "                         400)
+  "   open_paren_at_EOL(
+  "       100, 200, 300, 400)
+  call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
+  let [l:par_line, l:par_col] = searchpairpos('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
+      \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :" .
+      \ " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')" .
+      \ " =~ '\\(Comment\\|String\\)$'")
+  if l:par_line > 0
+    call cursor(l:par_line, 1)
+    if l:par_col != col('$') - 1
+      let l:indent = l:par_col
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Delegate the rest to the original function.
+  if l:indent == -1
+    let l:indent = GetPythonIndent(a:lnum)
+  endif
+
+  if l:use_recursive_indent
+    " Restore global variables.
+    if exists('l:pyindent_nested_paren')
+      let g:pyindent_nested_paren = l:pyindent_nested_paren
+    else
+      unlet g:pyindent_nested_paren
+    endif
+    if exists('l:pyindent_open_paren')
+      let g:pyindent_open_paren = l:pyindent_open_paren
+    else
+      unlet g:pyindent_open_paren
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return l:indent
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/indent/fortran.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:	Fortran95 (and Fortran90, Fortran77, F and elf90)
-" Version:	0.40
-" Last Change:	2011 Dec. 28
-" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
+" Language:	Fortran 2008 (and earlier versions: 2003, 95, 90, and 77)
+" Version:	0.41
+" Last Change:	2015 Jan. 15
+" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www2.unb.ca/~ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-indent from Vim
+" Credits:
+"  Useful suggestions were made by: Albert Oliver Serra.
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -36,8 +38,8 @@ if !exists("b:fortran_fixed_source")
   else
     " f90 and f95 allow both fixed and free source form
     " assume fixed source form unless signs of free source form
-    " are detected in the first five columns of the first 250 lines
-    " Detection becomes more accurate and time-consuming if more lines
+    " are detected in the first five columns of the first s:lmax lines.
+    " Detection becomes more accurate and more time-consuming if more lines
     " are checked. Increase the limit below if you keep lots of comments at
     " the very top of each file and you have a fast computer
     let s:lmax = 500
@@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
   if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*'
         \. '\(else\|else\s*if\|else\s*where\|case\|'
         \. 'end\s*\(if\|where\|select\|interface\|'
-        \. 'type\|forall\|associate\|enum\)\)\>'
+        \. 'type\|forall\|associate\|enum\|block\)\)\>'
     let ind = ind - &sw
     " Fix indent for case statement immediately after select
     if prevstat =~? '\<select\s\+\(case\|type\)\>'
@@ -141,8 +143,11 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
   if prevstat =~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat !~ '&\s*$'
     let ind = ind + &sw
   endif
+  if prevstat =~ '&\s*$' && prevstat =~ '\<else\s*if\>'
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+  endif
   "Line after last continuation line
-  if prevstat !~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat =~ '&\s*$'
+  if prevstat !~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat =~ '&\s*$' && prevstat !~? '\<then\>'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
 

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Header: "{{{
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2014 Aug 23
+" Last Change:	2015 Sep 25
 " Version:	1.0
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
     let autotags = g:html_indent_autotags
   endif
   let b:hi_removed_tags = {}
-  if autotags
+  if len(autotags) > 0
     call s:RemoveITags(b:hi_removed_tags, split(autotags, ","))
   endif
 
@@ -178,13 +178,15 @@ let s:countonly = 0
 " 3   "script"
 " 4   "style"
 " 5   comment start
+" 6   conditional comment start
 " -1  closing tag
 " -2  "/pre"
 " -3  "/script"
 " -4  "/style"
 " -5  comment end
+" -6  conditional comment end
 let s:indent_tags = {}
-let s:endtags = [0,0,0,0,0,0]   " long enough for the highest index
+let s:endtags = [0,0,0,0,0,0,0]   " long enough for the highest index
 "}}}
 
 " Add a list of tag names for a pair of <tag> </tag> to "tags".
@@ -245,6 +247,10 @@ call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'header', 'group', 'keygen', 'mark', 'math', 'meter', 'nav', 'output',
     \ 'progress', 'ruby', 'section', 'svg', 'texture', 'time', 'video',
     \ 'wbr', 'text'])
+
+" Tags added for web components:
+call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
+    \ 'content', 'shadow', 'template'])
 "}}}
 
 " Add Block Tags: these contain alien content
@@ -253,6 +259,7 @@ call s:AddBlockTag('pre', 2)
 call s:AddBlockTag('script', 3)
 call s:AddBlockTag('style', 4)
 call s:AddBlockTag('<!--', 5, '-->')
+call s:AddBlockTag('<!--[', 6, '![endif]-->')
 "}}}
 
 " Return non-zero when "tagname" is an opening tag, not being a block tag, for
@@ -287,7 +294,7 @@ func! s:CountITags(text)
   let s:nextrel = 0  " relative indent steps for next line [unit &sw]:
   let s:block = 0		" assume starting outside of a block
   let s:countonly = 1	" don't change state
-  call substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+  call substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\(-\w\+\)*\>\|<!--\[\|\[endif\]-->\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
   let s:countonly = 0
 endfunc "}}}
 
@@ -299,7 +306,7 @@ func! s:CountTagsAndState(text)
   let s:nextrel = 0  " relative indent steps for next line [unit &sw]:
 
   let s:block = b:hi_newstate.block
-  let tmp = substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+  let tmp = substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\(-\w\+\)*\>\|<!--\[\|\[endif\]-->\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
   if s:block == 3
     let b:hi_newstate.scripttype = s:GetScriptType(matchstr(tmp, '\C.*<SCRIPT\>\zs[^>]*'))
   endif
@@ -311,6 +318,9 @@ func! s:CheckTag(itag)
   "{{{
   " Returns an empty string or "SCRIPT".
   " a:itag can be "tag" or "/tag" or "<!--" or "-->"
+  if (s:CheckCustomTag(a:itag))
+    return ""
+  endif
   let ind = s:get_tag(a:itag)
   if ind == -1
     " closing tag
@@ -365,6 +375,36 @@ func! s:CheckBlockTag(blocktag, ind)
   return ""
 endfunc "}}}
 
+" Used by s:CheckTag().
+func! s:CheckCustomTag(ctag)
+  "{{{
+  " Returns 1 if ctag is the tag for a custom element, 0 otherwise.
+  " a:ctag can be "tag" or "/tag" or "<!--" or "-->"
+  let pattern = '\%\(\w\+-\)\+\w\+'
+  if match(a:ctag, pattern) == -1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  if matchstr(a:ctag, '\/\ze.\+') == "/"
+    " closing tag
+    if s:block != 0
+      " ignore ctag within a block
+      return 1
+    endif
+    if s:nextrel == 0
+      let s:curind -= 1
+    else
+      let s:nextrel -= 1
+    endif
+  else
+    " opening tag
+    if s:block != 0
+      return 1
+    endif
+    let s:nextrel += 1
+  endif
+  return 1
+endfunc "}}}
+
 " Return the <script> type: either "javascript" or ""
 func! s:GetScriptType(str)
   "{{{
@@ -388,7 +428,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
   " State:
   "	lnum		last indented line == prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
   "	block = 0	a:lnum located within special tag: 0:none, 2:<pre>,
-  "			3:<script>, 4:<style>, 5:<!--
+  "			3:<script>, 4:<style>, 5:<!--, 6:<!--[
   "	baseindent	use this indent for line a:lnum as a start - kind of
   "			autoindent (if block==0)
   "	scripttype = ''	type attribute of a script tag (if block==3)
@@ -427,10 +467,13 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
   " FI
 
   " look back for a blocktag
-  call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
-  let [stopline, stopcol] = searchpos('\c<\zs\/\=\%(pre\>\|script\>\|style\>\)', "bW")
-  if stopline > 0
-    " fugly ... why isn't there searchstr()
+  let stopline2 = v:lnum + 1
+  if has_key(b:hi_indent, 'block') && b:hi_indent.block > 5
+    let [stopline2, stopcol2] = searchpos('<!--', 'bnW')
+  endif
+  let [stopline, stopcol] = searchpos('\c<\zs\/\=\%(pre\>\|script\>\|style\>\)', "bnW")
+  if stopline > 0 && stopline < stopline2
+    " ugly ... why isn't there searchstr()
     let tagline = tolower(getline(stopline))
     let blocktag = matchstr(tagline, '\/\=\%(pre\>\|script\>\|style\>\)', stopcol - 1)
     if blocktag[0] != "/"
@@ -450,23 +493,29 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum)
       " blocktag == "/..."
       let swendtag = match(tagline, '^\s*</') >= 0
       if !swendtag
-        let [bline, bcol] = searchpos('<'.blocktag[1:].'\>', "bW")
+        let [bline, bcol] = searchpos('<'.blocktag[1:].'\>', "bnW")
         call s:CountITags(tolower(getline(bline)[: bcol-2]))
         let state.baseindent = indent(bline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
         return state
       endif
     endif
   endif
+  if stopline > stopline2
+    let stopline = stopline2
+    let stopcol = stopcol2
+  endif
 
   " else look back for comment
-  call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
-  let [comlnum, comcol, found] = searchpos('\(<!--\)\|-->', 'bpW', stopline)
-  if found == 2
+  let [comlnum, comcol, found] = searchpos('\(<!--\[\)\|\(<!--\)\|-->', 'bpnW', stopline)
+  if found == 2 || found == 3
     " comment opener found, assume a:lnum within comment
-    let state.block = 5
+    let state.block = (found == 3 ? 5 : 6)
     let state.blocklnr = comlnum
     " check preceding tags in the line:
     call s:CountITags(tolower(getline(comlnum)[: comcol-2]))
+    if found == 2
+      let state.baseindent = b:hi_indent.baseindent
+    endif
     let state.blocktagind = indent(comlnum) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
     return state
   endif
@@ -782,6 +831,20 @@ func! s:Alien5()
   return indent(prevlnum)
 endfunc "}}}
 
+" Return the indent for conditional comment: <!--[ ![endif]-->
+func! s:Alien6()
+  "{{{
+  let curtext = getline(v:lnum)
+  if curtext =~ '\s*\zs<!\[endif\]-->'
+    " current line starts with end of comment, line up with comment start.
+    let lnum = search('<!--', 'bn')
+    if lnum > 0
+      return indent(lnum)
+    endif
+  endif
+  return b:hi_indent.baseindent + s:ShiftWidth()
+endfunc "}}}
+
 " When the "lnum" line ends in ">" find the line containing the matching "<".
 func! HtmlIndent_FindTagStart(lnum)
   "{{{
@@ -883,7 +946,7 @@ endfunc "}}}
 " THE MAIN INDENT FUNCTION. Return the amount of indent for v:lnum.
 func! HtmlIndent()
   "{{{
-  if prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1) <= 1
+  if prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1) < 1
     " First non-blank line has no indent.
     return 0
   endif

runtime/indent/j.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2014-04-05
+" Last Change:	2015-01-11
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
@@ -26,25 +26,25 @@ if !exists('g:j_indent_definitions')
 endif
 
 function GetJIndent() abort
-  let prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
-  if prevlnum == 0
+  let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+  if l:prevlnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
-  let indent = indent(prevlnum)
-  let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
-  if prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
+  let l:indent = indent(l:prevlnum)
+  let l:prevline = getline(l:prevlnum)
+  if l:prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
     " Increase indentation after an initial control word that starts or
     " continues a block and is not terminated by "end."
-    let indent += shiftwidth()
-  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
+    let l:indent += shiftwidth()
+  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (l:prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || l:prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
     " Increase indentation in explicit definitions of adverbs, conjunctions,
     " and verbs
-    let indent += shiftwidth()
+    let l:indent += shiftwidth()
   endif
   " Decrease indentation in lines that start with either control words that
   " continue or end a block, or the special items ")" and ":"
   if getline(v:lnum) =~# '^\s*\%()\|:\|\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|end\|fcase\)\.\)'
-    let indent -= shiftwidth()
+    let l:indent -= shiftwidth()
   endif
-  return indent
+  return l:indent
 endfunction

runtime/indent/javascript.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Javascript
-" Maintainer:	None!  Wanna improve this?
-" Last Change:	2007 Jan 22
+" Maintainer:	Going to be Darrick Wiebe
+" Last Change:	2015 Jun 09
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -12,5 +12,7 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 " C indenting is not too bad.
 setlocal cindent
 setlocal cinoptions+=j1,J1
+setlocal cinkeys-=0#
+setlocal cinkeys+=0]
 
 let b:undo_indent = "setl cin<"

runtime/indent/less.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	less
+" Maintainer:	Alessandro Vioni <jenoma@gmail.com>
+" URL: https://github.com/genoma/vim-less
+" Last Change:	2014 November 24
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+runtime! indent/css.vim
+
+" vim:set sw=2:

runtime/indent/lua.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Lua script
 " Maintainer:	Marcus Aurelius Farias <marcus.cf 'at' bol.com.br>
 " First Author:	Max Ischenko <mfi 'at' ukr.net>
-" Last Change:	2007 Jul 23
+" Last Change:	2014 Nov 12
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ function! GetLuaIndent()
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on end, else (and elseif), until and '}'
   " This is the part that requires 'indentkeys'.
-  let midx = match(getline(v:lnum), '^\s*\%(end\|else\|until\|}\)')
+  let midx = match(getline(v:lnum), '^\s*\%(end\>\|else\>\|until\>\|}\)')
   if midx != -1 && synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, midx + 1, 1), "name") != "luaComment"
     let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
   endif

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
 " URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2014 April 3rd
-" Version:	1.49
+" Last Change:	2014 November 26th
+" Version:	1.57
 "
 "
 "	Type :help php-indent for available options
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 
-let php_sync_method = 0
+let g:php_sync_method = 0
 
 
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ setlocal nocindent
 setlocal nolisp
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetPhpIndent()
-setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),:,!^F,o,O,e,*<Return>,=?>,=<?,=*/
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],:,!^F,o,O,e,*<Return>,=?>,=<?,=*/
 
 
 
@@ -128,11 +128,14 @@ if exists("*GetPhpIndent")
 endif
 
 
+let s:PHP_validVariable = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*'
 let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
 let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
-let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*\)\=\s*(.*'
+let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+'.s:PHP_validVariable.'\)\=\s*(.*'
 let s:endline= '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
-let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.s:endline.'\)\|^[^''"`]*[''"`]$'
+
+
+let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\|^\s*'.s:PHP_validVariable.':\)'.s:endline.'\)\|^[^''"`]*[''"`]$'
 let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
 
 
@@ -140,7 +143,7 @@ let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
 let s:escapeDebugStops = 0
 function! DebugPrintReturn(scriptLine)
 
-    if ! s:escapeDebugStops 
+    if ! s:escapeDebugStops
 	echo "debug:" . a:scriptLine
 	let c = getchar()
 	if c == "\<Del>"
@@ -158,8 +161,6 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	let lnum = b:GetLastRealCodeLNum_ADD
     endif
 
-    let old_lnum = lnum
-
     while lnum > 1
 	let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum)
 	let lastline = getline(lnum)
@@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	let lnum=0
     endif
 
-    if b:InPHPcode_and_script && !b:InPHPcode
+    if b:InPHPcode_and_script && 1 > b:InPHPcode
 	let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 0
     endif
 
@@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ endfun
 
 function! Skippmatch()	" {{{
     let synname = synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name")
-    if synname == "Delimiter" || synname == "phpRegionDelimiter" || synname =~# "^phpParent" || synname == "phpArrayParens" || synname =~# '^php\%(Block\|Brace\)' || synname == "javaScriptBraces" || synname =~# "^phpComment" && b:UserIsTypingComment
+    if synname == "Delimiter" || synname == "phpRegionDelimiter" || synname =~# "^phpParent" || synname == "phpArrayParens" || synname =~# '^php\%(Block\|Brace\)' || synname == "javaScriptBraces" || synname =~# '^php\%(Doc\)\?Comment' && b:UserIsTypingComment
 	return 0
     else
 	return 1
@@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
     let line = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 
     if a:blockStarter == 1
-	while line > 1 
+	while line > 1
 	    let linec = getline(line)
 
 	    if linec =~ s:terminated || linec =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
@@ -310,7 +311,6 @@ let s:defaultORcase = '^\s*\%(default\|case\).*:'
 
 function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
 
-
     let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(a:lnum - 1)
 
     if test <= 1
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
 
     if synname == 'phpStringSingle' || synname == 'phpStringDouble' || synname == 'phpBacktick'
 	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]'
-	    return ""
+	    return "SpecStringEntrails"
 	else
 	    return synname
 	end
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ if ! s:autoresetoptions
 endif
 
 function! ResetPhpOptions()
-    if ! b:optionsset && &filetype == "php"
+    if ! b:optionsset && &filetype =~ "php"
 	if b:PHP_autoformatcomment
 
 	    setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,:#
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    let b:PHP_indentinghuge = 0
 	    let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 	endif
-	let b:PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
+	let real_PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
 	let b:PHP_LastIndentedWasComment=0
 	let b:PHP_InsideMultilineComment=0
 	let b:PHP_indentbeforelast = 0
@@ -430,9 +430,12 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     elseif v:lnum > b:PHP_lastindented
 	let real_PHP_lastindented = b:PHP_lastindented
-	let b:PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
+    else
+	let real_PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
     endif
 
+    let b:PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
+
 
     if !b:InPHPcode_checked " {{{ One time check
 	let b:InPHPcode_checked = 1
@@ -443,11 +446,15 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
 
 	if synname!=""
-	    if synname != "phpHereDoc" && synname != "phpHereDocDelimiter"
+	    if synname == "SpecStringEntrails"
+		let b:InPHPcode = -1 " thumb down
+		let b:UserIsTypingComment = 0
+		let b:InPHPcode_tofind = ""
+	    elseif synname != "phpHereDoc" && synname != "phpHereDocDelimiter"
 		let b:InPHPcode = 1
 		let b:InPHPcode_tofind = ""
 
-		if synname =~# "^phpComment"
+		if synname =~# '^php\%(Doc\)\?Comment'
 		    let b:UserIsTypingComment = 1
 		else
 		    let b:UserIsTypingComment = 0
@@ -483,9 +490,16 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     if b:InPHPcode_tofind!=""
 	if cline =~? b:InPHPcode_tofind
-	    let b:InPHPcode = 1
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = ""
 	    let b:UserIsTypingComment = 0
+
+	    if b:InPHPcode == -1
+		let b:InPHPcode = 1
+		return -1
+	    end
+
+	    let b:InPHPcode = 1
+
 	    if cline =~ '\*/'
 		call cursor(v:lnum, 1)
 		if cline !~ '^\*/'
@@ -510,7 +524,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
     endif
 
-    if b:InPHPcode
+    if 1 == b:InPHPcode
 
 	if !b:InPHPcode_and_script && last_line =~ '\%(<?.*\)\@<!?>\%(.*<?\)\@!' && IslinePHP(lnum, '?>')=~"Delimiter"
 	    if cline !~? s:PHP_startindenttag
@@ -520,8 +534,8 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 1
 	    endif
 
-	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
-	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
+	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$'
+	    let b:InPHPcode = -1
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*\([''"`]\).*$', '^[^\1]*\1[;,]$', '')
 	elseif last_line =~? '<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$'
 	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
@@ -538,7 +552,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif " }}}
 
 
-    if !b:InPHPcode && !b:InPHPcode_and_script
+    if 1 > b:InPHPcode && !b:InPHPcode_and_script
 	return -1
     endif
 
@@ -568,7 +582,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
     endif
 
-    if !b:PHP_InsideMultilineComment && cline =~ '^\s*/\*' && cline !~ '\*/\s*$'
+    if !b:PHP_InsideMultilineComment && cline =~ '^\s*/\*\%(.*\*/\)\@!'
 	if getline(v:lnum + 1) !~ '^\s*\*'
 	    return -1
 	endif
@@ -669,17 +683,17 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endwhile
 
     elseif last_line =~# unstated && cline !~ '^\s*);\='.endline
-	let ind = ind + &sw " we indent one level further when the preceding line is not stated
+	let ind = ind + &sw
 	return ind + addSpecial
 
-    elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^[)\]]' ) && last_line =~ terminated " Added || last_line =~ '^)' on 2007-12-30 (array indenting problem broke other things)
+    elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^[)\]]' ) && last_line =~ terminated
 	let previous_line = last_line
 	let last_line_num = lnum
 	let LastLineClosed = 1
 
 	let isSingleLineBlock = 0
 	while 1
-	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
+	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline
 
 		call cursor(last_line_num, 1)
 		if previous_line !~ '^}'
@@ -740,14 +754,19 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
     endif
 
-    let plinnum = GetLastRealCodeLNum(lnum - 1)
+    if (last_line !~ '^\s*}\%(}}\)\@!')
+	let plinnum = GetLastRealCodeLNum(lnum - 1)
+    else
+	let plinnum = GetLastRealCodeLNum(FindOpenBracket(lnum, 1) - 1)
+    endif
+
     let AntepenultimateLine = getline(plinnum)
 
     let last_line = substitute(last_line,"\\(//\\|#\\)\\(\\(\\([^\"']*\\([\"']\\)[^\"']*\\5\\)\\+[^\"']*$\\)\\|\\([^\"']*$\\)\\)",'','')
 
 
     if ind == b:PHP_default_indenting
-	if last_line =~ terminated
+	if last_line =~ terminated && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase
 	    let LastLineClosed = 1
 	endif
     endif
@@ -755,10 +774,10 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     if !LastLineClosed
 
 
-	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(]'.endline
+	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(\[]'.endline
 
 	    let dontIndent = 0
-	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*)\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
 		let dontIndent = 1
 	    endif
 
@@ -774,7 +793,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	elseif last_line =~ '\S\+\s*),'.endline
 	    call cursor(lnum, 1)
-	    call search('),'.endline, 'W') " line never begins with ) so no need for 'c' flag
+	    call search('),'.endline, 'W')
 	    let openedparent = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 	    if openedparent != lnum
 		let ind = indent(openedparent)
@@ -784,7 +803,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    let ind = ind + &sw
 
 
-	elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\|{\)'.endline . '\|' . s:defaultORcase
+    elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '{'.endline || AntepenultimateLine =~ terminated || AntepenultimateLine =~# s:defaultORcase
 	    let ind = ind + &sw
 	endif
 

runtime/indent/r.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	R
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	Fri Feb 15, 2013  08:11PM
+" Last Change:	Thu Mar 26, 2015  05:36PM
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
-    finish
+  finish
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
@@ -15,478 +15,501 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetRIndent()
 
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetRIndent")
-    finish
+  finish
 endif
 
 " Options to make the indentation more similar to Emacs/ESS:
 if !exists("g:r_indent_align_args")
-    let g:r_indent_align_args = 1
+  let g:r_indent_align_args = 1
 endif
 if !exists("g:r_indent_ess_comments")
-    let g:r_indent_ess_comments = 0
+  let g:r_indent_ess_comments = 0
 endif
 if !exists("g:r_indent_comment_column")
-    let g:r_indent_comment_column = 40
+  let g:r_indent_comment_column = 40
 endif
 if ! exists("g:r_indent_ess_compatible")
-    let g:r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+  let g:r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+endif
+if ! exists("g:r_indent_op_pattern")
+  let g:r_indent_op_pattern = '\(+\|-\|\*\|/\|=\|\~\|%\)$'
 endif
 
 function s:RDelete_quotes(line)
-    let i = 0
-    let j = 0
-    let line1 = ""
-    let llen = strlen(a:line)
-    while i < llen
-        if a:line[i] == '"'
-            let i += 1
-            let line1 = line1 . 's'
-            while !(a:line[i] == '"' && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
-                let i += 1
-            endwhile
-            if a:line[i] == '"'
-                let i += 1
-            endif
-        else
-            if a:line[i] == "'"
-                let i += 1
-                let line1 = line1 . 's'
-                while !(a:line[i] == "'" && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
-                    let i += 1
-                endwhile
-                if a:line[i] == "'"
-                    let i += 1
-                endif
-            else
-                if a:line[i] == "`"
-                    let i += 1
-                    let line1 = line1 . 's'
-                    while a:line[i] != "`" && i < llen
-                        let i += 1
-                    endwhile
-                    if a:line[i] == "`"
-                        let i += 1
-                    endif
-                endif
-            endif
-        endif
-        if i == llen
-            break
-        endif
-        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
-        let j += 1
+  let i = 0
+  let j = 0
+  let line1 = ""
+  let llen = strlen(a:line)
+  while i < llen
+    if a:line[i] == '"'
+      let i += 1
+      let line1 = line1 . 's'
+      while !(a:line[i] == '"' && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
         let i += 1
-    endwhile
-    return line1
+      endwhile
+      if a:line[i] == '"'
+        let i += 1
+      endif
+    else
+      if a:line[i] == "'"
+        let i += 1
+        let line1 = line1 . 's'
+        while !(a:line[i] == "'" && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
+          let i += 1
+        endwhile
+        if a:line[i] == "'"
+          let i += 1
+        endif
+      else
+        if a:line[i] == "`"
+          let i += 1
+          let line1 = line1 . 's'
+          while a:line[i] != "`" && i < llen
+            let i += 1
+          endwhile
+          if a:line[i] == "`"
+            let i += 1
+          endif
+        endif
+      endif
+    endif
+    if i == llen
+      break
+    endif
+    let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+    let j += 1
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  return line1
 endfunction
 
 " Convert foo(bar()) int foo()
 function s:RDelete_parens(line)
-    if s:Get_paren_balance(a:line, "(", ")") != 0
-        return a:line
-    endif
-    let i = 0
-    let j = 0
-    let line1 = ""
-    let llen = strlen(a:line)
-    while i < llen
-        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
-        if a:line[i] == '('
-            let nop = 1
-            while nop > 0 && i < llen
-                let i += 1
-                if a:line[i] == ')'
-                    let nop -= 1
-                else
-                    if a:line[i] == '('
-                        let nop += 1 
-                    endif
-                endif
-            endwhile
-            let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
-        endif
+  if s:Get_paren_balance(a:line, "(", ")") != 0
+    return a:line
+  endif
+  let i = 0
+  let j = 0
+  let line1 = ""
+  let llen = strlen(a:line)
+  while i < llen
+    let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+    if a:line[i] == '('
+      let nop = 1
+      while nop > 0 && i < llen
         let i += 1
-    endwhile
-    return line1
+        if a:line[i] == ')'
+          let nop -= 1
+        else
+          if a:line[i] == '('
+            let nop += 1
+          endif
+        endif
+      endwhile
+      let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  return line1
 endfunction
 
 function! s:Get_paren_balance(line, o, c)
-    let line2 = substitute(a:line, a:o, "", "g")
-    let openp = strlen(a:line) - strlen(line2)
-    let line3 = substitute(line2, a:c, "", "g")
-    let closep = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
-    return openp - closep
+  let line2 = substitute(a:line, a:o, "", "g")
+  let openp = strlen(a:line) - strlen(line2)
+  let line3 = substitute(line2, a:c, "", "g")
+  let closep = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+  return openp - closep
 endfunction
 
 function! s:Get_matching_brace(linenr, o, c, delbrace)
-    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
-    if a:delbrace == 1
-        let line = substitute(line, '{$', "", "")
-    endif
-    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, a:o, a:c)
-    let i = a:linenr
-    while pb != 0 && i > 1
-        let i -= 1
-        let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(SanitizeRLine(getline(i)), a:o, a:c)
-    endwhile
-    return i
+  let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+  if a:delbrace == 1
+    let line = substitute(line, '{$', "", "")
+  endif
+  let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, a:o, a:c)
+  let i = a:linenr
+  while pb != 0 && i > 1
+    let i -= 1
+    let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(SanitizeRLine(getline(i)), a:o, a:c)
+  endwhile
+  return i
 endfunction
 
 " This function is buggy because there 'if's without 'else'
 " It must be rewritten relying more on indentation
 function! s:Get_matching_if(linenr, delif)
-"    let filenm = expand("%")
-"    call writefile([filenm], "/tmp/matching_if_" . a:linenr)
-    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
-    if a:delif
-        let line = substitute(line, "if", "", "g")
-    endif
-    let elsenr = 0
-    let i = a:linenr
-    let ifhere = 0
-    while i > 0
-        let line2 = substitute(line, '\<else\>', "xxx", "g")
-        let elsenr += strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
-        if line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()' || line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()'
-            let elsenr -= 1
-            if elsenr == 0
-                let ifhere = i
-                break
-            endif
-        endif
-        let i -= 1
-        let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(i))
-    endwhile
-    if ifhere
-        return ifhere
-    else
-        return a:linenr
+  let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+  if a:delif
+    let line = substitute(line, "if", "", "g")
+  endif
+  let elsenr = 0
+  let i = a:linenr
+  let ifhere = 0
+  while i > 0
+    let line2 = substitute(line, '\<else\>', "xxx", "g")
+    let elsenr += strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+    if line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()' || line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()'
+      let elsenr -= 1
+      if elsenr == 0
+        let ifhere = i
+        break
+      endif
     endif
+    let i -= 1
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(i))
+  endwhile
+  if ifhere
+    return ifhere
+  else
+    return a:linenr
+  endif
 endfunction
 
 function! s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, o, c, pb)
-    let blc = a:pb
-    let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
-    let theidx = -1
-    let llen = strlen(line)
-    let idx = 0
-    while idx < llen
-        if line[idx] == a:o
-            let blc -= 1
-            if blc == 0
-                let theidx = idx
-            endif
-        else
-            if line[idx] == a:c
-                let blc += 1
-            endif
-        endif
-        let idx += 1
-    endwhile
-    return theidx + 1
+  let blc = a:pb
+  let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+  let theidx = -1
+  let llen = strlen(line)
+  let idx = 0
+  while idx < llen
+    if line[idx] == a:o
+      let blc -= 1
+      if blc == 0
+        let theidx = idx
+      endif
+    else
+      if line[idx] == a:c
+        let blc += 1
+      endif
+    endif
+    let idx += 1
+  endwhile
+  return theidx + 1
 endfunction
 
 " Get previous relevant line. Search back until getting a line that isn't
 " comment or blank
 function s:Get_prev_line(lineno)
-    let lnum = a:lineno - 1
+  let lnum = a:lineno - 1
+  let data = getline( lnum )
+  while lnum > 0 && (data =~ '^\s*#' || data =~ '^\s*$')
+    let lnum = lnum - 1
     let data = getline( lnum )
-    while lnum > 0 && (data =~ '^\s*#' || data =~ '^\s*$')
-        let lnum = lnum - 1
-        let data = getline( lnum )
-    endwhile
-    return lnum
+  endwhile
+  return lnum
 endfunction
 
 " This function is also used by r-plugin/common_global.vim
 " Delete from '#' to the end of the line, unless the '#' is inside a string.
 function SanitizeRLine(line)
-    let newline = s:RDelete_quotes(a:line)
-    let newline = s:RDelete_parens(newline)
-    let newline = substitute(newline, '#.*', "", "")
-    let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
-    return newline
+  let newline = s:RDelete_quotes(a:line)
+  let newline = s:RDelete_parens(newline)
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '#.*', "", "")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
+  if &filetype == "rhelp" && newline =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}(.*'
+    let newline = substitute(newline, '^\\method{\(.*\)}{.*}', '\1', "")
+  endif
+  return newline
 endfunction
 
 function GetRIndent()
 
-    let clnum = line(".")    " current line
+  let clnum = line(".")    " current line
 
-    let cline = getline(clnum)
-    if cline =~ '^\s*#'
-        if g:r_indent_ess_comments == 1
-            if cline =~ '^\s*###'
-                return 0
-            endif
-            if cline !~ '^\s*##'
-                return g:r_indent_comment_column
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    let cline = SanitizeRLine(cline)
-
-    if cline =~ '^\s*}' || cline =~ '^\s*}\s*)$'
-        let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(clnum, '{', '}', 1)
-        if indline > 0 && indline != clnum
-            let iline = SanitizeRLine(getline(indline))
-            if s:Get_paren_balance(iline, "(", ")") == 0 || iline =~ '(\s*{$'
-                return indent(indline)
-            else
-                let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(indline, '(', ')', 1)
-                return indent(indline)
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    " Find the first non blank line above the current line
-    let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(clnum)
-    " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
-    if lnum == 0
+  let cline = getline(clnum)
+  if cline =~ '^\s*#'
+    if g:r_indent_ess_comments == 1
+      if cline =~ '^\s*###'
         return 0
+      endif
+      if cline !~ '^\s*##'
+        return g:r_indent_comment_column
+      endif
     endif
+  endif
 
-    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+  let cline = SanitizeRLine(cline)
 
-    if &filetype == "rhelp"
-        if cline =~ '^\\dontshow{' || cline =~ '^\\dontrun{' || cline =~ '^\\donttest{' || cline =~ '^\\testonly{'
-            return 0
-        endif
-        if line =~ '^\\examples{' || line =~ '^\\usage{' || line =~ '^\\dontshow{' || line =~ '^\\dontrun{' || line =~ '^\\donttest{' || line =~ '^\\testonly{'
-            return 0
-        endif
-        if line =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}(.*'
-            let line = substitute(line, '^\\method{\(.*\)}{.*}', '\1', "")
-        endif
+  if cline =~ '^\s*}' || cline =~ '^\s*}\s*)$'
+    let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(clnum, '{', '}', 1)
+    if indline > 0 && indline != clnum
+      let iline = SanitizeRLine(getline(indline))
+      if s:Get_paren_balance(iline, "(", ")") == 0 || iline =~ '(\s*{$'
+        return indent(indline)
+      else
+        let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(indline, '(', ')', 1)
+        return indent(indline)
+      endif
     endif
+  endif
 
-    if cline =~ '^\s*{'
-        if g:r_indent_ess_compatible && line =~ ')$'
-            let nlnum = lnum
-            let nline = line
-            while s:Get_paren_balance(nline, '(', ')') < 0
-                let nlnum = s:Get_prev_line(nlnum)
-                let nline = SanitizeRLine(getline(nlnum)) . nline
-            endwhile
-            if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == &sw
-                return 0
-            endif
-        endif
-        if s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
-            return indent(lnum)
-        endif
+  " Find the first non blank line above the current line
+  let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(clnum)
+  " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
+  if lnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+
+  if &filetype == "rhelp"
+    if cline =~ '^\\dontshow{' || cline =~ '^\\dontrun{' || cline =~ '^\\donttest{' || cline =~ '^\\testonly{'
+      return 0
     endif
-
-    " line is an incomplete command:
-    if line =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || line =~ '\<else$' || line =~ '<-$'
-        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    if line =~ '^\\examples{' || line =~ '^\\usage{' || line =~ '^\\dontshow{' || line =~ '^\\dontrun{' || line =~ '^\\donttest{' || line =~ '^\\testonly{'
+      return 0
     endif
+  endif
 
-    " Deal with () and []
+  if &filetype == "rnoweb" && line =~ "^<<.*>>="
+    return 0
+  endif
 
-    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+  if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+    if g:r_indent_ess_compatible && line =~ ')$'
+      let nlnum = lnum
+      let nline = line
+      while s:Get_paren_balance(nline, '(', ')') < 0
+        let nlnum = s:Get_prev_line(nlnum)
+        let nline = SanitizeRLine(getline(nlnum)) . nline
+      endwhile
+      if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == &sw
+        return 0
+      endif
+    endif
+    if s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+      return indent(lnum)
+    endif
+  endif
 
-    if line =~ '^\s*{$' || line =~ '(\s*{' || (pb == 0 && (line =~ '{$' || line =~ '(\s*{$'))
-        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  " line is an incomplete command:
+  if line =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || line =~ '\<else$' || line =~ '<-$'
+    return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  endif
+
+  " Deal with () and []
+
+  let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+
+  if line =~ '^\s*{$' || line =~ '(\s*{' || (pb == 0 && (line =~ '{$' || line =~ '(\s*{$'))
+    return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  endif
+
+  let s:curtabstop = repeat(' ', &tabstop)
+
+  if g:r_indent_align_args == 1
+    if pb > 0 && line =~ '{$'
+      return s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb) + &sw
     endif
 
     let bb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '[', ']')
 
-    let s:curtabstop = repeat(' ', &tabstop)
-    if g:r_indent_align_args == 1
-
-        if pb == 0 && bb == 0 && (line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$' || cline =~ '^\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]')
-            return indent(lnum)
-        endif
-
-        if pb > 0
-            if &filetype == "rhelp"
-                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb)
-            else
-                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '(', ')', pb)
-            endif
-            return ind
-        endif
-
-        if pb < 0 && line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
-            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
-            while pb < 1 && lnum > 0
-                let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-                let line = substitute(line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
-                let ind = strlen(line)
-                while ind > 0
-                    if line[ind] == ')'
-                        let pb -= 1
-                    else
-                        if line[ind] == '('
-                            let pb += 1
-                        endif
-                    endif
-                    if pb == 1
-                        return ind + 1
-                    endif
-                    let ind -= 1
-                endwhile
-                let lnum -= 1
-            endwhile
-            return 0
-        endif
-
-        if bb > 0
-            let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '[', ']', bb)
-            return ind
-        endif
+    if pb > 0
+      if &filetype == "rhelp"
+        let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb)
+      else
+        let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '(', ')', pb)
+      endif
+      return ind
     endif
 
-    let post_block = 0
-    if line =~ '}$'
-        let lnum = s:Get_matching_brace(lnum, '{', '}', 0)
+    if pb < 0 && line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+      let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+      while pb < 1 && lnum > 0
         let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-        if lnum > 0 && line =~ '^\s*{'
-            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
-            let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-        endif
-        let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
-        let post_block = 1
-    endif
-
-    let post_fun = 0
-    if pb < 0 && line !~ ')\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
-        let post_fun = 1
-        while pb < 0 && lnum > 0
-            let lnum -= 1
-            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-            let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
-            let line = linepiece . line
-        endwhile
-        if line =~ '{$' && post_block == 0
-            return indent(lnum) + &sw
-        endif
-
-        " Now we can do some tests again
-        if cline =~ '^\s*{'
-            return indent(lnum)
-        endif
-        if post_block == 0
-            let newl = SanitizeRLine(line)
-            if newl =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || newl =~ '\<else$' || newl =~ '<-$'
-                return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        let line = substitute(line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+        let ind = strlen(line)
+        while ind > 0
+          if line[ind] == ')'
+            let pb -= 1
+          else
+            if line[ind] == '('
+              let pb += 1
             endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    if cline =~ '^\s*else'
-        if line =~ '<-\s*if\s*()'
-            return indent(lnum) + &sw
-        else
-            if line =~ '\<if\s*()'
-                return indent(lnum)
-            else
-                return indent(lnum) - &sw
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    if bb < 0 && line =~ '.*]'
-        while bb < 0 && lnum > 0
-            let lnum -= 1
-            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-            let bb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "[", "]")
-            let line = linepiece . line
+          endif
+          if pb == 1
+            return ind + 1
+          endif
+          let ind -= 1
         endwhile
-        let line = s:RDelete_parens(line)
+        let lnum -= 1
+      endwhile
+      return 0
     endif
 
-    let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
-    let ppost_else = 0
-    if plnum > 0
-        let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-        let ppost_block = 0
-        if pline =~ '}$'
-            let ppost_block = 1
-            let plnum = s:Get_matching_brace(plnum, '{', '}', 0)
-            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-            if pline =~ '^\s*{$' && plnum > 0
-                let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-                let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-            endif
-        endif
-
-        if pline =~ 'else$'
-            let ppost_else = 1
-            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 0)
-            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-        endif
-
-        if pline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*('
-            let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-            let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
-            while ppline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*(' || ppline =~ '^\s*if\s*()\s*\S$'
-                let plnum = pplnum
-                let pline = ppline
-                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
-            endwhile
-            while ppline =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || ppline =~ '\<else$' || ppline =~ '<-$'
-                let plnum = pplnum
-                let pline = ppline
-                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
-            endwhile
-        endif
-
-        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
-        if ppb < 0 && (pline =~ ')\s*{$' || pline =~ ')$')
-            while ppb < 0 && plnum > 0
-                let plnum -= 1
-                let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-                let ppb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
-                let pline = linepiece . pline
-            endwhile
-            let pline = s:RDelete_parens(pline)
-        endif
+    if bb > 0
+      let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '[', ']', bb)
+      return ind
     endif
+  endif
 
-    let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let pind = indent(plnum)
-
-    if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && pb != 0
-        let ind += pb * &sw
-        return ind
+  let post_block = 0
+  if line =~ '}$'
+    let lnum = s:Get_matching_brace(lnum, '{', '}', 0)
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+    if lnum > 0 && line =~ '^\s*{'
+      let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+      let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
     endif
+    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+    let post_block = 1
+  endif
 
-    if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && bb != 0
-        let ind += bb * &sw
-        return ind
+  " Indent after operator pattern
+  let olnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+  let oline = getline(olnum)
+  if olnum > 0
+    if line =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern
+      if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern
+        return indent(lnum)
+      else
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+      endif
+    else
+      if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern
+        return indent(lnum) - &sw
+      endif
     endif
+  endif
 
-    if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
-        return ind
-    endif
-
-    let pline = getline(plnum)
-    let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
-
-    while pind < ind && plnum > 0 && ppb == 0 && pbb == 0
-        let ind = pind
-        let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-        let pline = getline(plnum)
-        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
-        let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
-        while pline =~ '^\s*else'
-            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 1)
-            let pline = getline(plnum)
-            let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
-            let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
-        endwhile
-        let pind = indent(plnum)
-        if ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$'
-            return ind
-        endif
+  let post_fun = 0
+  if pb < 0 && line !~ ')\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+    let post_fun = 1
+    while pb < 0 && lnum > 0
+      let lnum -= 1
+      let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+      let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+      let line = linepiece . line
     endwhile
+    if line =~ '{$' && post_block == 0
+      return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    endif
 
+    " Now we can do some tests again
+    if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+      return indent(lnum)
+    endif
+    if post_block == 0
+      let newl = SanitizeRLine(line)
+      if newl =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || newl =~ '\<else$' || newl =~ '<-$'
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if cline =~ '^\s*else'
+    if line =~ '<-\s*if\s*()'
+      return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    else
+      if line =~ '\<if\s*()'
+        return indent(lnum)
+      else
+        return indent(lnum) - &sw
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  let bb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '[', ']')
+  if bb < 0 && line =~ '.*]'
+    while bb < 0 && lnum > 0
+      let lnum -= 1
+      let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+      let bb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "[", "]")
+      let line = linepiece . line
+    endwhile
+    let line = s:RDelete_parens(line)
+  endif
+
+  let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+  let ppost_else = 0
+  if plnum > 0
+    let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+    let ppost_block = 0
+    if pline =~ '}$'
+      let ppost_block = 1
+      let plnum = s:Get_matching_brace(plnum, '{', '}', 0)
+      let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+      if pline =~ '^\s*{$' && plnum > 0
+        let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    if pline =~ 'else$'
+      let ppost_else = 1
+      let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 0)
+      let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+    endif
+
+    if pline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*('
+      let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+      let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+      while ppline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*(' || ppline =~ '^\s*if\s*()\s*\S$'
+        let plnum = pplnum
+        let pline = ppline
+        let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+      endwhile
+      while ppline =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || ppline =~ '\<else$' || ppline =~ '<-$'
+        let plnum = pplnum
+        let pline = ppline
+        let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+      endwhile
+    endif
+
+    let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+    if ppb < 0 && (pline =~ ')\s*{$' || pline =~ ')$')
+      while ppb < 0 && plnum > 0
+        let plnum -= 1
+        let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+        let ppb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+        let pline = linepiece . pline
+      endwhile
+      let pline = s:RDelete_parens(pline)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  let ind = indent(lnum)
+  let pind = indent(plnum)
+
+  if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && pb != 0
+    let ind += pb * &sw
     return ind
+  endif
+
+  if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && bb != 0
+    let ind += bb * &sw
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  let pline = getline(plnum)
+  let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+
+  while pind < ind && plnum > 0 && ppb == 0 && pbb == 0
+    let ind = pind
+    let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+    let pline = getline(plnum)
+    let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+    let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+    while pline =~ '^\s*else'
+      let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 1)
+      let pline = getline(plnum)
+      let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+      let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+    endwhile
+    let pind = indent(plnum)
+    if ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$'
+      return ind
+    endif
+  endwhile
+
+  return ind
 
 endfunction
 
-" vim: sw=4
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/indent/rhelp.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	R Documentation (Help), *.Rd
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  07:34PM
+" Last Change:	Thu Oct 16, 2014  07:07AM
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -12,22 +12,18 @@ runtime indent/r.vim
 let s:RIndent = function(substitute(&indentexpr, "()", "", ""))
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
-setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
-setlocal indentexpr=GetRHelpIndent()
-
-" Only define the function once.
-if exists("*GetRHelpIndent")
-  finish
-endif
-
 setlocal noautoindent
 setlocal nocindent
 setlocal nosmartindent
 setlocal nolisp
-
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentexpr=GetCorrectRHelpIndent()
 
+" Only define the functions once.
+if exists("*GetRHelpIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
 function s:SanitizeRHelpLine(line)
   let newline = substitute(a:line, '\\\\', "x", "g")
   let newline = substitute(newline, '\\{', "x", "g")

runtime/indent/rmd.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Rmd
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  07:33PM
+" Last Change:	Thu Jul 10, 2014  07:11PM
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ function GetMdIndent()
 endfunction
 
 function GetRmdIndent()
-  if getline(".") =~ '^```{r .*}$' || getline(".") =~ '^```$'
+  if getline(".") =~ '^[ \t]*```{r .*}$' || getline(".") =~ '^[ \t]*```$'
     return 0
   endif
-  if search('^```{r', "bncW") > search('^```$', "bncW")
+  if search('^[ \t]*```{r', "bncW") > search('^[ \t]*```$', "bncW")
     return s:RIndent()
   else
     return GetMdIndent()

runtime/indent/rnoweb.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Rnoweb
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  07:28PM
+" Last Change:	Sun Mar 22, 2015  09:28AM
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -23,7 +23,8 @@ if exists("*GetRnowebIndent")
 endif
 
 function GetRnowebIndent()
-  if getline(".") =~ "^<<.*>>=$"
+  let curline = getline(".")
+  if curline =~ '^<<.*>>=$' || curline =~ '^\s*@$'
     return 0
   endif
   if search("^<<", "bncW") > search("^@", "bncW")

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:         Shell Script
-" Maintainer:       Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
-" Original Author:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2014-08-22
+" Language:            Shell Script
+" Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
+" Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:     2015-07-28
+" License:             Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -10,7 +13,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetShIndent()
-setlocal indentkeys+=0=then,0=do,0=else,0=elif,0=fi,0=esac,0=done,),0=;;,0=;&
+setlocal indentkeys+=0=then,0=do,0=else,0=elif,0=fi,0=esac,0=done,0=end,),0=;;,0=;&
 setlocal indentkeys+=0=fin,0=fil,0=fip,0=fir,0=fix
 setlocal indentkeys-=:,0#
 setlocal nosmartindent
@@ -54,8 +57,8 @@ function! GetShIndent()
 
   let ind = indent(lnum)
   let line = getline(lnum)
-  if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\)\>'
-    if line !~ '\<\%(fi\|esac\|done\)\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+  if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>'
+    if line !~ '\<\%(fi\|esac\|done\|end\)\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
       let ind += s:indent_value('default')
     endif
   elseif s:is_case_label(line, pnum)
@@ -76,7 +79,7 @@ function! GetShIndent()
 
   let pine = line
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
-  if line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|fi\|done\)\>' || line =~ '^\s*}'
+  if line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|fi\|done\|end\)\>' || line =~ '^\s*}'
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
   elseif line =~ '^\s*esac\>' && s:is_case_empty(getline(v:lnum - 1))
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')

runtime/indent/systemd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:  systemd.unit(5)
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Looks a lot like dosini files.
+runtime! indent/dosini.vim

runtime/indent/teraterm.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	Tera Term Language (TTL)
+"		Based on Tera Term Version 4.86
+" Maintainer:	Ken Takata
+" URL:		https://github.com/k-takata/vim-teraterm
+" Last Change:	2015 Jun 4
+" Filenames:	*.ttl
+" License:	VIM License
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal noautoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GetTeraTermIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentkeys+==elseif,=endif,=loop,=next,=enduntil,=endwhile
+
+if exists("*GetTeraTermIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" The shiftwidth() function is relatively new.
+" Don't require it to exist.
+if exists('*shiftwidth')
+  function s:sw() abort
+    return shiftwidth()
+  endfunction
+else
+  function s:sw() abort
+    return &shiftwidth
+  endfunction
+endif
+
+function! GetTeraTermIndent(lnum)
+  let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
+  if l:prevlnum == 0
+    " top of file
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " grab the previous and current line, stripping comments.
+  let l:prevl = substitute(getline(l:prevlnum), ';.*$', '', '')
+  let l:thisl = substitute(getline(a:lnum), ';.*$', '', '')
+  let l:previ = indent(l:prevlnum)
+
+  let l:ind = l:previ
+
+  if l:prevl =~ '^\s*if\>.*\<then\s*$'
+    " previous line opened a block
+    let l:ind += s:sw()
+  endif
+  if l:prevl =~ '^\s*\%(elseif\|else\|do\|until\|while\|for\)\>'
+    " previous line opened a block
+    let l:ind += s:sw()
+  endif
+  if l:thisl =~ '^\s*\%(elseif\|else\|endif\|enduntil\|endwhile\|loop\|next\)\>'
+    " this line closed a block
+    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+  endif
+
+  return l:ind
+endfunction
+
+" vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2

runtime/indent/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Vim script
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Sep 19
+" Last Change:	2014 Dec 12
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on a :endif, :endwhile, :catch, :finally, :endtry,
   " :endfun, :else and :augroup END.
-  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|fina\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s*!\=\s\+END\)'
+  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|fina\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s*!\=\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
 

runtime/indent/yaml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:         YAML
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Pavlov <zyx.vim@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	    2015 Sep 25
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists('b:did_indent')
@@ -115,8 +116,13 @@ function GetYAMLIndent(lnum)
                     \                                       s:liststartregex))
     elseif line =~# s:mapkeyregex
         " Same for line containing mapping key
-        return indent(s:FindPrevLEIndentedLineMatchingRegex(a:lnum,
-                    \                                       s:mapkeyregex))
+        let prevmapline = s:FindPrevLEIndentedLineMatchingRegex(a:lnum,
+                    \                                           s:mapkeyregex)
+        if getline(prevmapline) =~# '^\s*- '
+            return indent(prevmapline) + 2
+        else
+            return indent(prevmapline)
+        endif
     elseif prevline =~# '^\s*- '
         " - List with
         "   multiline scalar

runtime/indent/zsh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:	    Zsh Shell Script
-" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2006-04-19
+" Language:             Zsh shell script
+" Maintainer:           Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:      2015-05-29
+" License:              Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:           https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-zsh
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish

runtime/keymap/russian-jcukenwintype.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+" Vim Keymap file for russian characters, layout 'jcuken', MS Windows variant
+" (slightly incompatible with XFree86 'ru' keymap - makes use of NUMERO SIGN)
+" Useful mainly with utf-8 but may work with other encodings
+
+" Derived from russian-jcuken.vim by Artem Chuprina <ran@ran.pp.ru>
+" Typewriter variant of standart russian layout
+" Maintainer:   Denis Proskurin <danwerspb@gmail.com>
+" Last Changed: 2015 May 15
+
+" All characters are given literally, conversion to another encoding (e.g.,
+" UTF-8) should work.
+
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
+let b:keymap_name = "ru"
+
+loadkeymap
+~	+	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO
+`	|	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO	
+F	А	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A
+<	Б	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE
+D	В	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE
+U	Г	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE
+L	Д	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE
+T	Е	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE
+:	Ж	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE
+P	З	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE
+B	И	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I
+Q	Й	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I
+R	К	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA
+K	Л	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL
+V	М	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM
+Y	Н	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN
+J	О	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O
+G	П	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE
+H	Р	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER
+C	С	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES
+N	Т	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE
+E	У	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U
+A	Ф	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF
+{	Х	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA
+W	Ц	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE
+X	Ч	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE
+I	Ш	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA
+O	Щ	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA
+}	Ъ	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN
+S	Ы	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU
+M	Ь	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN
+\"	Э	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E
+>	Ю	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU
+Z	Я	CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA
+f	а	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A
+,	б	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE
+d	в	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE
+u	г	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE
+l	д	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE
+t	е	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE
+;	ж	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE
+p	з	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE
+b	и	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER I
+q	й	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT I
+r	к	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA
+k	л	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL
+v	м	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM
+y	н	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN
+j	о	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O
+g	п	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE
+h	р	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER
+c	с	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES
+n	т	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE
+e	у	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U
+a	ф	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF
+[	х	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA
+w	ц	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE
+x	ч	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE
+i	ш	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA
+o	щ	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA
+]	ъ	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN
+s	ы	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU
+m	ь	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN
+'	э	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E
+.	ю	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU
+z	я	CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA
+@	"
+#	№	NUMERO SIGN
+$	;
+^	:
+&	?
+/	ё
+?	Ё
+1	№
+2	-
+3	/
+4	"
+5	:
+6	,
+7	.
+8	_
+9	?
+0	%
+-	!
+=	;
+\\	)
+\|	(

runtime/macros/editexisting.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim Plugin:	Edit the file with an existing Vim if possible
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
-" Last Change:	2013 Feb 24
+" Last Change:	2014 Dec 06
 
 " This is a plugin, drop it in your (Unix) ~/.vim/plugin or (Win32)
 " $VIM/vimfiles/plugin directory.  Or make a symbolic link, so that you
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func! EditExisting(fname, command)
   endif
 
   if a:command != ''
-    exe "normal " . a:command
+    exe "normal! " . a:command
   endif
 
   redraw

runtime/macros/matchit.vim

@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
       let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
       let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
       if endcol > currcol  " This is NOT off by one!
-	execute "normal!" . (endcol - currcol) . "l"
+	call cursor(0, endcol)
       endif
     endif " a:0
   endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.

runtime/makemenu.vim

@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@ SynMenu DE.Doxygen.C\ with\ doxygen:c.doxygen
 SynMenu DE.Doxygen.C++\ with\ doxygen:cpp.doxygen
 SynMenu DE.Doxygen.IDL\ with\ doxygen:idl.doxygen
 SynMenu DE.Doxygen.Java\ with\ doxygen:java.doxygen
+SynMenu DE.Doxygen.DataScript\ with\ doxygen:datascript.doxygen
 SynMenu DE.Dracula:dracula
 SynMenu DE.DSSSL:dsl
 SynMenu DE.DTD:dtd

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Oct 09
+" Last Change:	2015 Jul 22
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 if bufwinnr("option-window") > 0
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ setlocal ts=15 tw=0 noro buftype=nofile
 call append(0, '" Each "set" line shows the current value of an option (on the left).')
 call append(1, '" Hit <CR> on a "set" line to execute it.')
 call append(2, '"            A boolean option will be toggled.')
-call append(3, '"            For other options you can edit the value.')
+call append(3, '"            For other options you can edit the value before hitting <CR>.')
 call append(4, '" Hit <CR> on a help line to open a help window on this option.')
 call append(5, '" Hit <CR> on an index line to jump there.')
 call append(6, '" Hit <Space> on a "set" line to refresh it.')
@@ -705,6 +705,8 @@ call append("$", "errorbells\tring the bell for error messages")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("eb", &eb)
 call append("$", "visualbell\tuse a visual bell instead of beeping")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("vb", &vb)
+call append("$", "belloff\tdo not ring the bell for these reasons")
+call <SID>OptionG("belloff", &belloff)
 if has("multi_lang")
   call append("$", "helplang\tlist of preferred languages for finding help")
   call <SID>OptionG("hlg", &hlg)
@@ -954,6 +956,9 @@ call <SID>BinOptionL("bin")
 call append("$", "endofline\tlast line in the file has an end-of-line")
 call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("eol")
+call append("$", "fixendofline\tfixes missing end-of-line at end of text file")
+call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("fixeol")
 if has("multi_byte")
   call append("$", "bomb\tprepend a Byte Order Mark to the file")
   call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
@@ -1194,8 +1199,10 @@ if has("keymap")
   call <SID>OptionL("kmp")
 endif
 if has("langmap")
-  call append("$", "langmap\ttranslate characters for Normal mode")
+  call append("$", "langmap\tlist of characters that are translated in Normal mode")
   call <SID>OptionG("lmap", &lmap)
+  call append("$", "langnoremap\tdon't apply 'langmap' to mapped characters")
+  call <SID>BinOptionG("lnr", &lnr)
 endif
 if has("xim")
   call append("$", "imdisable\twhen set never use IM; overrules following IM options")

runtime/plugin/README.txt

@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Look in the file for hints on how it can be disabled without deleting it.
 
 getscriptPlugin.vim  get latest version of Vim scripts
 gzip.vim	     edit compressed files
+logiPat.vim	     logical operators on patterns
 matchparen.vim	     highlight paren matching the one under the cursor
 netrwPlugin.vim	     edit files over a network and browse (remote) directories
 rrhelper.vim	     used for --remote-wait editing

runtime/plugin/logiPat.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+" LogiPat:
+"   Author:  Charles E. Campbell
+"   Date:    Mar 13, 2013
+"   Version: 3
+"   Purpose: to do Boolean-logic based regular expression pattern matching
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+"               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+"               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+"               notice is copied with it. Like most anything else that's free,
+"               LogiPat.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no warranty
+"               of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using this
+"               plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+"               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
+"               of this software.
+"
+"   Usage: {{{1
+"       :LogiPat ...
+"
+"         Boolean logic supported:
+"            () grouping operators
+"            !  not the following pattern
+"            |  logical or
+"            &  logical and
+"            "..pattern.."
+"	Example: {{{1
+"		:LogiPat !("january"|"february")
+"		  would match all strings not containing the strings january
+"		  or february
+"	GetLatestVimScripts: 1290 1 :AutoInstall: LogiPat.vim
+"
+"  Behold, you will conceive in your womb, and bring forth a son, {{{1
+"  and will call his name Jesus. He will be great, and will be
+"  called the Son of the Most High. The Lord God will give him the
+"  throne of his father, David, and he will reign over the house of
+"  Jacob forever. There will be no end to his kingdom. (Luke 1:31-33 WEB)
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("loaded_logipat")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_LogiPat = "v3"
+let s:keepcpo        = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+"DechoRemOn
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Public Interface: {{{1
+com!        -nargs=* LogiPat		call   LogiPat(<q-args>,1)
+silent! com -nargs=* LP				call   LogiPat(<q-args>,1)
+com!        -nargs=+ ELP			echomsg   LogiPat(<q-args>)
+com!        -nargs=+ LogiPatFlags	let  s:LogiPatFlags="<args>"
+silent! com -nargs=+ LPF			let  s:LogiPatFlags="<args>"
+
+" =====================================================================
+" Functions: {{{1
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LogiPat: this function interprets the boolean-logic pattern {{{2
+fun! LogiPat(pat,...)
+"  call Dfunc("LogiPat(pat<".a:pat.">)")
+
+  " LogiPat(pat,dosearch)
+  if a:0 > 0
+   let dosearch= a:1
+  else
+   let dosearch= 0
+  endif
+
+  let s:npatstack = 0
+  let s:nopstack  = 0
+  let s:preclvl   = 0
+  let expr        = a:pat
+
+  " Lexer/Parser
+  while expr != ""
+"   call Decho("expr<".expr.">")
+
+   if expr =~ '^"'
+	" push a Pattern; accept "" as a single " in the pattern
+    let expr = substitute(expr,'^\s*"','','')
+    let pat  = substitute(expr,'^\(\%([^"]\|\"\"\)\{-}\)"\([^"].*$\|$\)','\1','')
+	let pat  = substitute(pat,'""','"','g')
+    let expr = substitute(expr,'^\(\%([^"]\|\"\"\)\{-}\)"\([^"].*$\|$\)','\2','')
+    let expr = substitute(expr,'^\s*','','')
+"    call Decho("pat<".pat."> expr<".expr.">")
+
+    call s:LP_PatPush('.*'.pat.'.*')
+
+   elseif expr =~ '^[!()|&]'
+    " push an operator
+    let op   = strpart(expr,0,1)
+    let expr = strpart(expr,strlen(op))
+	" allow for those who can't resist doubling their and/or operators
+	if op =~ '[|&]' && expr[0] == op
+     let expr = strpart(expr,strlen(op))
+	endif
+    call s:LP_OpPush(op)
+
+   elseif expr =~ '^\s'
+    " skip whitespace
+    let expr= strpart(expr,1)
+
+   else
+    echoerr "operator<".strpart(expr,0,1)."> not supported (yet)"
+    let expr= strpart(expr,1)
+   endif
+
+  endwhile
+
+  " Final Execution
+  call s:LP_OpPush('Z')
+
+  let result= s:LP_PatPop(1)
+"  call Decho("result=".result)
+
+  " sanity checks and cleanup
+  if s:npatstack > 0
+   echoerr s:npatstack." patterns left on stack!"
+   let s:npatstack= 0
+  endif
+  if s:nopstack > 0
+   echoerr s:nopstack." operators left on stack!"
+   let s:nopstack= 0
+  endif
+
+  " perform the indicated search
+  if dosearch
+   if exists("s:LogiPatFlags")
+"  call Decho("search(result<".result."> LogiPatFlags<".s:LogiPatFlags.">)")
+    call search(result,s:LogiPatFlags)
+   else
+"  call Decho("search(result<".result.">)")
+    call search(result)
+   endif
+   let @/= result
+  endif
+
+"  call Dret("LogiPat ".result)
+  return result
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:String: Vim6.4 doesn't have string() {{{2
+func! s:String(str)
+  return "'".escape(a:str, '"')."'"
+endfunc
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LP_PatPush: {{{2
+fun! s:LP_PatPush(pat)
+"  call Dfunc("LP_PatPush(pat<".a:pat.">)")
+  let s:npatstack              = s:npatstack + 1
+  let s:patstack_{s:npatstack} = a:pat
+"  call s:StackLook("patpush") "Decho
+"  call Dret("LP_PatPush : npatstack=".s:npatstack)
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LP_PatPop: pop a number/variable from LogiPat's pattern stack {{{2
+fun! s:LP_PatPop(lookup)
+"  call Dfunc("LP_PatPop(lookup=".a:lookup.")")
+  if s:npatstack > 0
+   let ret         = s:patstack_{s:npatstack}
+   let s:npatstack = s:npatstack - 1
+  else
+   let ret= "---error---"
+   echoerr "(LogiPat) invalid expression"
+  endif
+"  call s:StackLook("patpop") "Decho
+"  call Dret("LP_PatPop ".ret)
+  return ret
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LP_OpPush: {{{2
+fun! s:LP_OpPush(op)
+"  call Dfunc("LP_OpPush(op<".a:op.">)")
+
+  " determine new operator's precedence level
+  if a:op == '('
+  	let s:preclvl= s:preclvl + 10
+	let preclvl  = s:preclvl
+  elseif a:op == ')'
+  	let s:preclvl= s:preclvl - 10
+   if s:preclvl < 0
+    let s:preclvl= 0
+    echoerr "too many )s"
+   endif
+   let preclvl= s:preclvl
+  elseif a:op =~ '|'
+   let preclvl= s:preclvl + 2
+  elseif a:op =~ '&'
+   let preclvl= s:preclvl + 4
+  elseif a:op == '!'
+   let preclvl= s:preclvl + 6
+  elseif a:op == 'Z'
+   let preclvl= -1
+  else
+   echoerr "expr<".expr."> not supported (yet)"
+   let preclvl= s:preclvl
+  endif
+"  call Decho("new operator<".a:op."> preclvl=".preclvl)
+
+  " execute higher-precdence operators
+"  call Decho("execute higher-precedence operators")
+  call s:LP_Execute(preclvl)
+
+  " push new operator onto operator-stack
+"  call Decho("push new operator<".a:op."> onto stack with preclvl=".preclvl." at nopstack=".(s:nopstack+1))
+  if a:op =~ '!'
+   let s:nopstack             = s:nopstack + 1
+   let s:opprec_{s:nopstack}  = preclvl
+   let s:opstack_{s:nopstack} = a:op
+  elseif a:op =~ '|'
+   let s:nopstack             = s:nopstack + 1
+   let s:opprec_{s:nopstack}  = preclvl
+   let s:opstack_{s:nopstack} = a:op
+  elseif a:op == '&'
+   let s:nopstack             = s:nopstack + 1
+   let s:opprec_{s:nopstack}  = preclvl
+   let s:opstack_{s:nopstack} = a:op
+  endif
+
+"  call s:StackLook("oppush") "Decho
+"  call Dret("LP_OpPush : s:preclvl=".s:preclvl)
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LP_Execute: execute operators from opstack using pattern stack {{{2
+fun! s:LP_Execute(preclvl)
+"  call Dfunc("LP_Execute(preclvl=".a:preclvl.") npatstack=".s:npatstack." nopstack=".s:nopstack)
+
+  " execute all higher precedence operators
+  while s:nopstack > 0 && a:preclvl < s:opprec_{s:nopstack}
+   let op= s:opstack_{s:nopstack}
+"   call Decho("op<".op."> nop=".s:nopstack." [preclvl=".a:preclvl."] < [opprec_".s:nopstack."=".s:opprec_{s:nopstack}."]")
+
+   let s:nopstack = s:nopstack - 1
+ 
+   if     op == '!'
+    let n1= s:LP_PatPop(1)
+	call s:LP_PatPush(s:LP_Not(n1))
+ 
+   elseif op == '|'
+    let n1= s:LP_PatPop(1)
+    let n2= s:LP_PatPop(1)
+    call s:LP_PatPush(s:LP_Or(n2,n1))
+ 
+   elseif op =~ '&'
+    let n1= s:LP_PatPop(1)
+    let n2= s:LP_PatPop(1)
+    call s:LP_PatPush(s:LP_And(n2,n1))
+   endif
+ 
+"   call s:StackLook("execute") "Decho
+  endwhile
+
+"  call Dret("LP_Execute")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LP_Not: writes a logical-not for a pattern {{{2
+fun! s:LP_Not(pat)
+"  call Dfunc("LP_Not(pat<".a:pat.">)")
+  if a:pat =~ '^\.\*' && a:pat =~ '\.\*$'
+   let pat= substitute(a:pat,'^\.\*\(.*\)\.\*$','\1','')
+   let ret= '^\%(\%('.pat.'\)\@!.\)*$'
+  else
+   let ret= '^\%(\%('.a:pat.'\)\@!.\)*$'
+  endif
+"  call Dret("LP_Not ".ret)
+  return ret
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LP_Or: writes a logical-or branch using two patterns {{{2
+fun! s:LP_Or(pat1,pat2)
+"  call Dfunc("LP_Or(pat1<".a:pat1."> pat2<".a:pat2.">)")
+  let ret= '\%('.a:pat1.'\|'.a:pat2.'\)'
+"  call Dret("LP_Or ".ret)
+  return ret
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LP_And: writes a logical-and concat using two patterns {{{2
+fun! s:LP_And(pat1,pat2)
+"  call Dfunc("LP_And(pat1<".a:pat1."> pat2<".a:pat2.">)")
+  let ret= '\%('.a:pat1.'\&'.a:pat2.'\)'
+"  call Dret("LP_And ".ret)
+  return ret
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" StackLook: {{{2
+fun! s:StackLook(description)
+"  call Dfunc("StackLook(description<".a:description.">)")
+  let iop = 1
+  let ifp = 1
+"  call Decho("Pattern                       Operator")
+
+  " print both pattern and operator
+  while ifp <= s:npatstack && iop <= s:nopstack
+   let fp = s:patstack_{ifp}
+   let op = s:opstack_{iop}." (P".s:opprec_{s:nopstack}.')'
+   let fplen= strlen(fp)
+   if fplen < 30
+   	let fp= fp.strpart("                              ",1,30-fplen)
+   endif
+"   call Decho(fp.op)
+   let ifp = ifp + 1
+   let iop = iop + 1
+  endwhile
+
+  " print just pattern
+  while ifp <= s:npatstack
+   let fp  = s:patstack_{ifp}
+"   call Decho(fp)
+   let ifp = ifp + 1
+  endwhile
+
+  " print just operator
+  while iop <= s:nopstack
+   let op  = s:opstack_{iop}." (P".s:opprec_{s:nopstack}.')'
+"   call Decho("                              ".op)
+   let iop = iop + 1
+  endwhile
+"  call Dret("StackLook")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+"  Cleanup And Modeline: {{{1
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " netrwPlugin.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across a network
 "            PLUGIN SECTION
-" Date:		Jan 22, 2014
+" Date:		Nov 07, 2014
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -20,19 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v152"
-if v:version < 702
- echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** you need vim version 7.2 for this version of netrw"
- echohl None
- finish
-endif
-if v:version < 703 || (v:version == 703 && !has("patch465"))
- echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of netrw needs vim 7.3.465 or later"
- echohl Normal
- finish
-endif
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v154"
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoRemOn
@@ -54,15 +42,15 @@ augroup END
 " Network Browsing Reading Writing: {{{2
 augroup Network
  au!
- au BufReadCmd   file://*									call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*		exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*		exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- try
-  au SourceCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E216/
-  au SourcePre   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   file://*											call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ try                                                       
+  au SourceCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E216/                            
+  au SourcePre   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  endtry
 augroup END
 
@@ -81,18 +69,32 @@ com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Vexplore	call netrw#Explore(<cou
 com! -nargs=* -bar       -count=0 -complete=dir	Texplore	call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,6        ,<q-args>)
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang			Nexplore	call netrw#Explore(-1,0,0,<q-args>)
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang			Pexplore	call netrw#Explore(-2,0,0,<q-args>)
-com! -nargs=* -bar       	  -complete=dir Lexplore	call netrw#Lexplore(<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir Lexplore	call netrw#Lexplore(<count>,<bang>0,<q-args>)
 
 " Commands: NetrwSettings {{{2
 com! -nargs=0	NetrwSettings	call netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
 com! -bang	NetrwClean	call netrw#Clean(<bang>0)
 
 " Maps:
-if !exists("g:netrw_nogx") && maparg('gx','n') == ""
- if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseX')
-  nmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseX
+if !exists("g:netrw_nogx")
+ if maparg('gx','n') == ""
+  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseX')
+   nmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseX
+  endif
+  nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#BrowseX(expand((exists("g:netrw_gx")? g:netrw_gx : '<cfile>')),netrw#CheckIfRemote())<cr>
  endif
- nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#NetrwBrowseX(expand("<cfile>"),0)<cr>
+ if maparg('gx','v') == ""
+  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseXVis')
+   vmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseXVis
+  endif
+  vno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseXVis :<c-u>call netrw#BrowseXVis()<cr>
+ endif
+endif
+if exists("g:netrw_usetab") && g:netrw_usetab
+ if maparg('<c-tab>','n') == ""
+  nmap <unique> <c-tab> <Plug>NetrwShrink
+ endif
+ nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwShrink :call netrw#Shrink()<cr>
 endif
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -119,7 +121,7 @@ fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname.">  (isdirectory, amiga)")
    if a:dirname != '' && isdirectory(a:dirname)
     sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
-    if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")
+    if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line('.') < w:netrw_bannercnt
      exe w:netrw_bannercnt
     endif
    endif
@@ -127,15 +129,19 @@ fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
   elseif isdirectory(a:dirname)
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> ft=".&ft."  (isdirectory, not amiga)")
 "   call Dredir("LocalBrowse ft last set: ","verbose set ft")
+"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#23: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
-   if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")
+"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#24: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
+   if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line('.') < w:netrw_bannercnt
     exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+"    call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#25: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    endif
 
   else
    " not a directory, ignore it
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> not a directory, ignoring...")
   endif
+"  call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#26: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
 
 "  call Dret("s:LocalBrowse")
 endfun

runtime/plugin/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for converting a syntax highlighted file to HTML.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2013 Jul 08
+" Last Change: 2015 Sep 08
 "
 " The core of the code is in $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/tohtml.vim and
 " $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim
@@ -67,20 +67,24 @@
 if exists('g:loaded_2html_plugin')
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.4_v1'
+let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.4_v2'
 
 "
 " Changelog: {{{
-"   7.4_v1  (this version): Fix modeline mangling for new "Vim:" format, and
+"   7.4_v2  (this version): Fix error raised when converting a diff containing
+"                           an empty buffer. Jan Stocker: allow g:html_font to
+"                           take a list so it is easier to specfiy fallback
+"                           fonts in the generated CSS.
+"   7.4_v1  (Vim 7.4.0000): Fix modeline mangling for new "Vim:" format, and
 "			    also for version-specific modelines like "vim>703:".
 "
 "   7.3 updates: {{{
-"   7.3_v14 (ad6996a23e3e): Allow suppressing line number anchors using
+"   7.3_v14 (Vim 7.3.1246): Allow suppressing line number anchors using
 "			    g:html_line_ids=0. Allow customizing
 "			    important IDs (like line IDs and fold IDs) using
 "			    g:html_id_expr evalutated when the buffer conversion
 "			    is started.
-"   7.3_v13 (2eb30f341e8d): Keep foldmethod at manual in the generated file and
+"   7.3_v13 (Vim 7.3.1088): Keep foldmethod at manual in the generated file and
 "			    insert modeline to set it to manual.
 "			    Fix bug: diff mode with 2 unsaved buffers creates a
 "			    duplicate of one buffer instead of including both.
@@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.4_v1'
 "			    Fix XML validation error: &nsbp; not part of XML.
 "			    Allow TOhtml to chain together with other commands
 "			    using |.
-"   7.3_v12 (9910cbff5f16): Fix modeline mangling to also work for when multiple
+"   7.3_v12 (Vim 7.3.0616): Fix modeline mangling to also work for when multiple
 "			    highlight groups make up the start-of-modeline text.
 "			    Improve render time of page with uncopyable regions
 "			    by not using one-input-per-char. Change name of
@@ -117,23 +121,23 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.4_v1'
 "			    http://groups.google.com/d/topic/vim_dev/B6FSGfq9VoI/discussion.
 "			    This patch has not yet been included in Vim, thus
 "			    these changes are removed in the next version.
-"   7.3_v10 (fd09a9c8468e): Fix error E684 when converting a range wholly inside
+"   7.3_v10 (Vim 7.3.0227): Fix error E684 when converting a range wholly inside
 "			    multiple nested folds with dynamic folding on.
 "			    Also fix problem with foldtext in this situation.
-"   7.3_v9  (0877b8d6370e): Add html_pre_wrap option active with html_use_css
+"   7.3_v9  (Vim 7.3.0170): Add html_pre_wrap option active with html_use_css
 "			    and without html_no_pre, default value same as
 "			    'wrap' option, (Andy Spencer). Don't use
 "			    'fileencoding' for converted document encoding if
 "			    'buftype' indicates a special buffer which isn't
 "			    written.
-"   7.3_v8  (85c5a72551e2): Add html_expand_tabs option to allow leaving tab
+"   7.3_v8  (Vim 7.3.0100): Add html_expand_tabs option to allow leaving tab
 "			    characters in generated output (Andy Spencer).
 "			    Escape text that looks like a modeline so Vim
 "			    doesn't use anything in the converted HTML as a
 "			    modeline. Bugfixes: Fix folding when a fold starts
 "			    before the conversion range. Remove fold column when
 "			    there are no folds.
-"   7.3_v7  (840c3cadb842): see betas released on vim_dev below:
+"   7.3_v7  (Vim 7-3-0063): see betas released on vim_dev below:
 "		  7.3_v7b3: Fixed bug, convert Unicode to UTF-8 all the way.
 "		  7.3_v7b2: Remove automatic detection of encodings that are not
 "			    supported by all major browsers according to
@@ -147,23 +151,22 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.4_v1'
 "			    charset, and make sure the 'fenc' of the generated
 "			    file matches its indicated charset. Add charsets for
 "			    all of Vim's natively supported encodings.
-"   7.3_v6  (0d3f0e3d289b): Really fix bug with 'nowrapscan', 'magic' and other
+"   7.3_v6  (Vim 7.3.0000): Really fix bug with 'nowrapscan', 'magic' and other
 "			    user settings interfering with diff mode generation,
 "			    trailing whitespace (e.g. line number column) when
 "			    using html_no_pre, and bugs when using
 "			    html_hover_unfold.
 "   7.3_v5  ( unreleased ): Fix bug with 'nowrapscan' and also with out-of-sync
 "			    folds in diff mode when first line was folded.
-"   7.3_v4  (7e008c174cc3): Bugfixes, especially for xhtml markup, and diff mode
-"   7.3_v3  (a29075150aee): Refactor option handling and make html_use_css
+"   7.3_v4  (Vim 7.3.0000): Bugfixes, especially for xhtml markup, and diff mode
+"   7.3_v3  (Vim 7.3.0000): Refactor option handling and make html_use_css
 "			    default to true when not set to anything. Use strict
 "			    doctypes where possible. Rename use_xhtml option to
 "			    html_use_xhtml for consistency. Use .xhtml extension
 "			    when using this option. Add meta tag for settings.
-"   7.3_v2  (80229a724a11): Fix syntax highlighting in diff mode to use both the
+"   7.3_v2  (Vim 7.3.0000): Fix syntax highlighting in diff mode to use both the
 "			    diff colors and the normal syntax colors
-"   7.3_v1  (e7751177126b): Add conceal support and meta tags in output
-"   Pre-v1 baseline: Mercurial changeset 3c9324c0800e
+"   7.3_v1  (Vim 7.3.0000): Add conceal support and meta tags in output
 "}}}
 "}}}
 

runtime/spell/br/main.aap

@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@ $SPELLDIR/br.utf-8.spl : $FILES
 #
 # Fetching the files from OpenOffice.org.
 #
-OODIR = http://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center/an-drouizig-breton-spellchecker/releases/0.11/
-:attr {fetch = $OODIR/%file%} dict-br-0.11.oxt
+OODIR = http://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center/an-drouizig-breton-spellchecker/releases/0.13/
+:attr {fetch = $OODIR/%file%} difazier-an-drouizig-0_13.oxt
 
 # The files don't depend on the .zip file so that we can delete it.
 # Only download the zip file if the targets don't exist.
 br_FR.aff br_FR.dic: {buildcheck=}
         :assertpkg unzip patch
-        :fetch dict-br-0.11.oxt
-        :sys $UNZIP dict-br-0.11.oxt
-        :delete dict-br-0.11.oxt
+        :fetch difazier-an-drouizig-0_13.oxt
+        :sys $UNZIP difazier-an-drouizig-0_13.oxt
+        :delete difazier-an-drouizig-0_13.oxt
         :copy dictionaries/br_FR.aff br_FR.aff
         :copy dictionaries/br_FR.dic br_FR.dic
         # The br_FR.aff file contains a BOM, remove it.
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ diff:
 
 check:
         :assertpkg unzip diff
-        :fetch dict-br-0.11.oxt
+        :fetch difazier-an-drouizig-0_13.oxt
         :mkdir tmp
         :cd tmp
         @try:
             @import stat
-            :sys $UNZIP ../dict-br-0.11.oxt
+            :sys $UNZIP ../difazier-an-drouizig-0_13.oxt
             :sys {force} diff ../dictionaries/br_FR.aff br_FR.aff >d
             @if os.stat('d')[stat.ST_SIZE] > 0:
                 :copy br_FR.aff ../br_FR.new.aff
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ check:
         @finally:
             :cd ..
             :delete {r}{f}{q} tmp
-            :delete dict-br-0.11.oxt
+            :delete difazier-an-drouizig-0_13.oxt
 
 
 # vim: set sts=4 sw=4 :